Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4"...

94
2016 Custom Imprinted Presentation Products

Transcript of Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4"...

Page 1: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

2016Custom Imprinted

Presentation Products

Page 2: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Custom Imprinted Presentation Products

DE

SIG

NED

• PRINTED • MANUFA

CTU

RE

D

IN T H E U SA

Binders Turned Edge Binders ................................................ 2 Landscape Binders ............................. 2 Cloth Binders ...................................... 2 Digital Binders .................................... 3 Sewn Binders ...................................... 3 Small Binders ...................................... 4 6-Ring Memo Binders ........................ 4 Recycled Chipboard Binders ............ 5 Recycled Binders ................................ 5 Wraparound Binders .......................... 6 Easel Binders ...................................... 6 Oversized Binders .............................. 7 Post Binders ........................................ 7 A4 Binders........................................... 7

Vinyl Binders .............................................. 10 Landscape Binders ........................... 10 Small Binders .................................... 11 6-Ring Memo Binders ...................... 11 Quick Ship Entrapment Binders ..... 12 Hospitality Binders ........................... 12 Platform Easel Binders ..................... 13 Snap Back Easel Binders ................. 13 Wraparound Binders ........................ 14 A4 Binders......................................... 14 Post Binders ...................................... 14 Insertable Round Ring Binders ....... 15 Insertable Angle D Ring Binders .... 15

Poly Binders .............................................. 18 Landscape Binders ........................... 18 Oversize Binders .............................. 18 Polypropylene Binders ..................... 19 Polypropylene Landscape Binders . 19 Polypropylene Oversize Binders ..... 19 Small Binders .................................... 20 6-Ring Memo Binders ...................... 20 Corrugated Polypropylene Binders 21 Wraparound Binders ........................ 21 Post Binders ...................................... 21

Paper Binders .............................................. 24 Recycled Binders .............................. 25 Small Binders .................................... 25 Composition Binders ....................... 26 Wraparound Paper Binders ............. 26

Index Tabs Custom Paper Index Tabs ............... 28 Custom Poly Index Tabs .................. 30 4-Color Process Index Tabs ............. 32 Foil Stamped Index Tabs ................. 33 Custom Legal Paper Index Tabs ..... 34 Custom Tabloid Paper Index Tabs .. 34

Presentation Folders Custom Presentation Folders ......... 36 Oversize Folders............................... 38 Trifold Folders................................... 38 Legal Size Presentation Folders...... 39 Junior Presentation Folders ............ 39 Income Tax Folders .......................... 40 Tang & Eyelet Folders ...................... 40 Paper File Folders ............................ 41 Paper Portvelope ............................. 41 Paper Wallet ..................................... 41 Paper Expansion Box ....................... 41 Poly Pocket Folders ......................... 42 Poly File Folders ............................... 42 Poly Envelopes ................................. 42

Report Covers Paper Report Covers........................ 44 Turned Edge Report Covers ........... 45 Poly Report Covers .......................... 45 Chipboard Report Covers ............... 46 Composition Report Covers ........... 46 Clear Poly Report Covers w/Hinge 46 Text Printing Digital Text Printing ......................... 48 Text Binding ...................................... 48 Binding Elements ............................. 48 Saddle Stitched Pages ..................... 49 Staggered Sheets ............................. 49 Book Publishing ............................... 50 Brochures .......................................... 50 Sell Sheets ........................................ 50

Calendars Full Size Desk Calendars ................. 52 Junior Size Desk Calendars ............. 53 Tinned 12-Month Wall Calendars ... 53 Large Monthly Wall Calendars ........ 54 Wall Calendars - Single Sheet......... 54 Stitched Wall Calendars .................. 54 4 Panel Wall Calendars .................... 54 Small Monthly Wall Calendars ........ 55 Small Desk / Wall Calendars ........... 55 Wirebound Monthly Planners ......... 57 Composition Calendar .................... 58 Hardcover Calendar Journal ........... 58 Easel Desk Calendar ........................ 59 Chipboard Easel Desk Calendar..... 59 Vinyl Monthly Pocket Planners ........ 60 Paper Pocket Planner....................... 60

Portfolios Vinyl Notepad Folders ..................... 62 Paper Notepad Folders ................... 62 Sewn Turned Edge Portfolio ........... 63 Turned Edge Notepad..................... 63 Bound Journals ................................ 64 Personalized Journals ...................... 65 Custom Notepads ............................ 65

Clipboards ........................................ 66 Notepad Cases................................. 66 Vinyl Tally Pads ................................. 66

Document Holders Regency Certificate Holders ........... 68 Paper Certificate Holders ................ 68 Turned Edge Certificate Holders .... 69 Vinyl Certificate Holders .................. 69 Vinyl Menu Covers ........................... 70 Regency Menu Covers ..................... 70 Turned Edge Menu Covers ............. 71 Turned Edge Frames/Displays ........ 71 Portvelopes ....................................... 72 Document Jackets ........................... 73 Business Card Cases and Files ....... 74 Checkbook Covers ........................... 75 Magazine Covers .............................. 75 Paper Emergency Manual ............... 76 Poly Emergency Manual .................. 76 Adhesive Pockets ............................. 76 Presentation Packaging Poly Boxes......................................... 78 Turned Edge Flush Cut Box ............ 79 Turned Edge 2 Piece Box ................ 80 Slipcases............................................ 80 Gift Boxes ......................................... 81 Paper Boxes ...................................... 81 DVD/CD Packaging ......................... 81

Specialty Items Plastic Door Hangers ....................... 84 Paper Door Hangers ........................ 84 Poly Fans ........................................... 85 Paper Fans ........................................ 85 Paper Noisemaker............................ 85 Poster with Laminate ....................... 86 Stationery / Thank You Cards .......... 86 Poly License Plates ........................... 86 Yard Signs ......................................... 87 Rotary File Cards .............................. 87

General Information Poly Colors ........................................ 88 Ink Colors .......................................... 88 Vinyl/Paper Colors ........................... 89 Vinyl Case Dimensions .................... 90 Entrapment Sheet Dimensions ....... 90 Ordering Information ..................... IBC

Page 3: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

1

TURNED EDGE BINDERS

Turned Edge is a durable construction in which paper or cloth material is glued to chipboard and turned over the edges. This construction is similar to a gameboard. It is also known as casebound binders or hardback binders. Turned Edge Binders are great for high-end presentations or fine-graphics.

Characteristics: • Durable and made with solid, unitized chipboard • Constructed with offset printed 100# gloss text or a variety of book cloth materials • Can choose between gloss or matte laminate. • Can be offset printed, silk-screened, debossed or foil stamped

Binder Tips: • Ring Type For the metal or ring in your binder, you have several options. The most common metals have 3 rings and

vary from 1⁄2" to 3" in diameter.

• Round rings are circular and the most common ring used. They are all-purpose and work well for many applications. Round rings can be attached to the spine or back cover.

• D-rings are shaped like a backward “D”. The flat edge holds the binder contents. The D-ring allows the sheets to lie flat along the straight edge for less wear on the hole punches. D-rings are always attached to the back cover.

• Angle D-rings are the same as a D-ring except the straight edge is angled so the ring is wider at the bottom of the ring than at the top. This ring is especially good for larger capacity binders. Angle D-rings are always attached to the back cover.

• Ring Capacity The ring capacity can be gauged by measuring the inside of the metal mechanism as shown below. Do

not measure the outside spine of the binder. The ring capacity is crucial. If too small, all of your material will not fit on the rings and turning the pages could be difficult.

Sheet Capacity

This chart is based on 20# bond paper. Leave extra room if you have thicker paper stock or are adding index tabs.

Ring Capacity Sheet Capacity (20# Bond)1⁄2” 100

3⁄4” 150

1" 200

1 1⁄2" 300

2" 400

2 1⁄2" 500

3" 600

4" 800

Round Ring D-Ring Angle D-Ring

Page 4: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

2

Turned Edge Binders

TURNED EDGE BINDERSOffset printed sheets are laminated and then turned over solid chipboard offering high quality construction with fine graphic reproduction.

Features: • Printed on 100# Bright White Text • Gloss film laminate• Vyhide Liner• Flat Spine

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101A LW 1⁄2" 9.94 7.24 6.25 5.73 5.20 4.89 4.72

TE102A LW 3⁄4" 9.94 7.24 6.25 5.73 5.20 4.89 4.72

TE103A LW 1" 10.71 7.77 6.67 6.11 5.54 5.10 5.07

TE104A LW 1 1⁄2" 11.30 8.18 7.10 6.44 5.84 5.41 5.38

TE105A LW 2" 11.88 8.64 7.52 6.82 6.21 5.76 5.70

TE106A LW 2 1⁄2" 13.18 10.37 9.15 8.36 7.63 7.10 7.07

TE107A LW 3" 14.18 11.34 10.07 9.18 8.40 7.83 7.80

TE108A LW 4" Angle D-Ring 19.65 14.53 12.53 11.42 10.38 9.62 9.59C

TURNED EDGE BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

LANDSCAPE TURNED EDGE BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 11" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101LS 1⁄2" 11.94 8.63 7.35 6.77 6.13 5.61 5.60

TE103LS 1" 11.99 8.71 7.47 6.84 6.20 5.71 5.67

TE104LS 1 1⁄2" 12.66 9.16 7.95 7.21 6.53 6.06 6.02

TE105LS 2" 13.30 9.68 8.43 7.63 6.96 6.45 6.39C

CLOTH TURNED EDGE BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8 (Includes Arrestox/Skivertex)

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101A 1⁄2" 13.47 10.76 9.77 9.26 8.62 8.31 8.14

TE103A 1" 14.23 11.30 10.20 9.64 8.96 8.52 8.49

TE104A 1 1⁄2" 14.82 11.71 10.63 9.96 9.26 8.83 8.80

TE105A 2" 15.40 12.16 11.05 10.34 9.63 9.18 9.12

TE106A 2 1⁄2" 16.71 13.90 12.68 11.89 11.05 10.52 10.49

TE107A 3" 17.71 14.87 13.59 12.71 11.82 11.25 11.22

A018A Buckram Outside Wrap (ADD) 4.47 4.47 4.47 4.47 4.47 4.47 4.47

A018AS Buckram Spine Wrap (ADD)) 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26

A018BS Arrestox/Skivertex Spine Wrap (ADD) 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84

A018C Bonded Leather Outside Wrap (ADD) 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33

A018CS Bonded Leather Spine Wrap (ADD) 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79C

11" x 8 1/2" Sheet SizeDIGITALPRINT IT!

Offset printed sheets are laminated and then turned over solid chipboard offering high quality construction

11" x 8 11" x 8 AL

PRINT ITPRINT IT!

TURNED EDGE CLOTH BINDERSGive turned edge binders a polished and sophisticated look. The cloth-like material can easily be foil stamp or silkscreened.

Choose from Arrestox of Skivertex cover materials.

8 1/2"x 11" Sheet Size

" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8 (Includes Arrestox/Skivertex)

Page 5: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

3

Turned Edge Binders

DIGITAL TURNED EDGE BINDERSGet full color turned edge binders in smaller quantities! Printed with the latest digital technology for the highest quality and with the same construction as our traditionally printed binders.

PRODUCT CAPACITY 10 20 30 50

TE101A D 1⁄2" 37.50 27.76 21.33 18.21

TE103A D 1" 37.50 27.76 21.33 18.21

TE104A D 1 1⁄2" 37.99 28.25 21.92 18.70

TE105A D 2" 39.25 29.51 23.28 19.78

TE106A D 2 1⁄2" 40.82 31.07 25.15 21.33C

DIGITAL TURNED EDGE BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 4-color Process Outside

BUSINESS DAYS

FROM PROOF APPROVAL

SHIPS IN

5

TURNED EDGE SEWN BINDERSSkivertex material is turned over solid chipboard, sewn along the outside edges and lined with a Vyhide liner. Practically any turned edge material can be sewn. The black or white nylon thread enhances the strength and durability. Other color thread is readily available. Add brass and chrome corners for a more polished, high-end look.

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101AS 1⁄2" 17.18 12.37 12.10 11.22 10.18 9.81 9.57

TE103AS 1" 17.95 12.91 12.53 11.60 10.52 10.02 9.92

TE104AS 1 1⁄2" 18.54 13.32 12.96 11.92 10.82 10.33 10.23

TE105AS 2" 19.11 13.77 13.38 12.30 11.19 10.68 10.55

TE106AS 2 1⁄2" 20.42 15.51 15.01 13.85 12.61 12.02 11.92

TE107AS 3" 21.42 16.47 15.93 14.67 13.38 12.75 12.65

A020 Brass or Chrome Corners (ADD) 6.86 4.25 3.53 3.07 2.72 2.65 2.58C

SEWN TURNED EDGE BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

Page 6: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

4

Turned Edge Binders

3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4"

TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERSTurned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and come with 6-ring metals. These binders are great for quick reference guides such as membership directories or phone lists.

Specifications:• Metal ring sizes from 1⁄2" to 1"• Solid chipboard construction• Spacing between the rings:

SMALL TURNED EDGE BINDERSSmall Turned Edge Binders provide a high-end image at an affordable price. Each binder is made with care; the outside edges are turned over solid board. Choose from a wide selection of durable cover materials that won't crack or split.

Specifications: • Printed on 100# Bright White Text with glueable,

stampable gloss film laminate.• Round Rings

Round Ring

SMALL TURNED EDGE BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101B LW 1⁄2" 11.13 8.87 7.45 6.93 6.35 5.67 5.11

TE102B LW 3⁄4" 11.13 8.87 7.45 6.93 6.35 5.67 5.11

TE103B LW 1" 11.16 8.92 7.51 6.96 6.38 5.73 5.18

TE104B LW 1 1⁄2" 11.21 9.34 7.78 7.00 6.41 5.82 5.24

TE105B LW 2" 13.53 11.53 9.78 9.26 8.54 7.87 7.39C

SMALL TURNED EDGE BINDERS 9 1⁄2" x 6" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101C 1⁄2" 11.46 9.45 7.85 7.31 6.62 6.09 5.47

TE103C 1" 11.49 9.52 7.88 7.34 6.66 6.12 5.54

TE104C 1 1⁄2" 11.52 9.55 7.91 7.37 6.69 6.16 5.59

TE105C 2" 14.20 12.51 10.64 9.99 9.20 8.52 7.93C

TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS 6 3⁄4" x 3 3⁄4" Sheet Size • 6-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101520 1⁄2" 11.85 9.74 8.11 7.55 6.87 6.30 5.64

TE10331 1" 11.91 9.80 8.17 7.63 6.93 6.34 5.70C

TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS 7 1⁄4" x 4 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 6-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101723 1⁄2" 11.85 9.74 8.11 7.55 6.87 6.30 5.64

TE10337 1" 11.91 9.80 8.17 7.63 6.93 6.37 5.70C

Page 7: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

5

Turned Edge Binders

RECYCLED TURNED EDGE BINDERSConstructed with 100% post-consumer waste recycled material.

Recycled Turned Edge Binders provide fine graphic reproduction while using quality eco-friendly products.

Specifications: • Printed on 80# Smooth Loop White Text • No lamination

RECYCLED TURNED EDGE BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

ECO-TE101A LW 1⁄2" 9.94 7.24 6.25 5.73 5.20 4.89 4.72

ECO-TE102A LW 3⁄4" 9.94 7.24 6.25 5.73 5.20 4.89 4.72

ECO-TE103A LW 1” 10.71 7.77 6.67 6.11 5.54 5.10 5.07

ECO-TE104A LW 1 1⁄2" 11.30 8.18 7.10 6.44 5.84 5.41 5.38

ECO-TE105A LW 2” 11.88 8.64 7.52 6.82 6.21 5.76 5.70

ECO-TE106A LW 2 1⁄2" 13.18 10.37 9.15 8.36 7.63 7.10 7.07

ECO-TE107A LW 3” 14.18 11.34 10.07 9.18 8.40 7.83 7.80C

ECO OPTIONSAVAILABLE

RECYCLED CHIPBOARD BINDERSRecycled Chipboard Binders are a green way to keep documents secure and protected. Constructed with a flat Euroscore hinge and with solid and 100% post-consumer waste chipboard, these binders are a functional and quality product. Chipboard binders can be silk-screened, foil stamped or debossed. Add round corners for no additional charge.

RECYCLED CHIPBOARD BINDERS 11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

RTE101A 1⁄2" 4.32 3.70 3.37 3.20 2.77 2.53 2.35

RTE103A 1" 4.54 3.90 3.53 3.29 3.02 2.79 2.56

RTE104A 1 1⁄2" 4.80 4.31 3.93 3.75 3.33 3.13 2.99C

ECO OPTIONSAVAILABLE

Page 8: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

6

Turned Edge Binders

TURNED EDGE EASEL BINDERSTurned Edge Easel Binders provide a professional high quality product as well as the functionality you need. The offset printed sheets are laminated and turned over chipboard to produce a sturdy construction.

Turned Edge Easel Binders use:• Desktop Sales Meetings• Presentations • Displays

Specifications:• Includes Euro-Hinge Scoring• Includes Velcro Closure

TURNED EDGE WRAPAROUND BINDERSTurned Edge Wraparound Binders keep documents secure and protected. The turned edge flap, with solid chipboard construction, ensures materials are held in place. This is a professional and eye-catching binder that will set any presentation apart.

Specifications:• Includes Euro-Hinge Scoring• Includes Velcro closures

TURNED EDGE WRAPAROUND BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE103A WRP 1" 14.54 12.11 9.19 8.93 8.32 8.15 7.67

TE104A WRP 11⁄2" 14.73 12.40 9.31 9.08 8.41 8.27 7.78

TE105A WRP 2" 14.97 12.84 9.66 9.43 8.63 8.50 8.05C

TURNED EDGE EASEL BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101AEA 1⁄2" 14.60 12.18 9.27 9.00 8.38 8.22 7.73

TE103AEA 1" 14.81 12.47 9.38 9.14 8.48 8.33 7.85

TE104AEA 11⁄2" 15.03 12.91 9.72 9.49 8.70 8.56 8.06C

TURNED EDGE EASEL BINDERS 11" x 17" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE101FEA 1⁄2" 22.92 15.15 11.49 11.16 10.38 10.19 9.60

TE103FEA 1" 24.05 15.49 11.64 11.35 10.51 10.33 9.72

TE104FEA 11⁄2" 24.93 16.06 12.07 11.78 10.79 10.63 10.08C

Page 9: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

7

Turned Edge Binders

TURNED EDGE A4 BINDERSBecome internationally diversified with A4 binders. Fine graphics are offset printed on 100# gloss text with gloss laminate, then turned over solid chipboard for a sturdy, functional yet high-quality binder.

A4 binders fit a traditional European A4 sheet size. 4-Round Ring non-booster metal is standard.

TURNED EDGE OVERSIZED BINDERSStand out and make an impression with our Oversized Turned Edge Binders! Great for showing off your products in a unique and fashionable way. These offset printed sheets are laminated and turned over chipboard for a unique and sturdy construction!

11" x 17" Sheet Size

TURNED EDGE OVERSIZED BINDERS* 11" x 17" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE103FLW 1" 18.34 12.12 9.19 8.93 8.31 8.15 7.68

TE104FLW 11⁄2" 19.24 12.39 9.31 9.08 8.41 8.27 7.78

TE105FLW 2" 19.95 12.84 9.66 9.43 8.63 8.50 8.06*Litho wrapped sheets will be tiled on all oversized binders C

TURNED EDGE A4 BINDERS 11 3⁄4" x 8 1⁄4"Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TEA4101 1⁄2" 12.43 9.05 7.81 7.17 6.51 6.11 5.91

TEA4102 3⁄4" 12.43 9.05 7.81 7.17 6.51 6.11 5.91

TEA4103 1" 13.38 9.72 8.34 7.64 6.92 6.38 6.34

TEA4104 1 1⁄2" 14.12 10.23 8.87 8.05 7.30 6.77 6.72

TEA4105 2" 14.84 10.79 9.40 8.52 7.77 7.19 7.13

TEA4106 2 1⁄2" 16.47 12.97 11.45 10.46 9.55 8.88 8.84

TEA4107 3" 17.74 14.17 12.58 11.48 10.50 9.79 9.74C

TURNED EDGE POST BINDERSTurned Edge Post Binders offer a high-end look to a durable and strong product. These binders are manufactured to hold a large amount of materials, catalogs or price sheets. Constructed with 100# Bright White Text, film laminated and turned over solid chipboard for durability – these binders are built to last. Available in fixed metal capacity only.

TURNED EDGE POST BINDER 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • Fixed 3 Post • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 8

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE105QUACANVIN 2" 17.48 14.71 11.43 11.19 10.43 10.19 9.73

TE301QUACANVIN 3" 19.09 15.22 11.89 11.54 10.78 10.56 10.00

TE401QUACANVIN 4" 19.09 15.22 11.89 11.54 10.78 10.56 10.00C

Page 10: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

8

Turned Edge Binders

TURNED EDGE BINDERS ADD-ONS/ACCESSORIES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

DecorationAF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.15 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 3.75 2.04 1.46 1.00 0.63 0.51 0.42

ABE1 1-Position Blind Deboss* (ADD) 2.04 1.08 0.79 0.53 0.35 0.27 0.21ABE2 2-Position Blind Deboss* (ADD) 3.75 2.20 1.57 1.07 0.68 0.54 0.45AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.86 1.54 0.72 0.44 0.30 0.22 0.20AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 5.99 3.24 1.51 0.97 0.64 0.49 0.46AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 9.03 4.85 2.26 1.46 0.97 0.73 0.71AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 3.47 1.80 1.18 0.67 0.29 0.16 0.15

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 5.85 3.02 2.34 1.21 0.59 0.33 0.21AC4 4-Color Printing ** (ADD) 14.48 7.97 3.71 1.89 1.06 0.65 0.48

PocketsA005 Vinyl Sealed Pocket - One 5" Horizontal (ADD) 1.48 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50A006 Vinyl Sealed Pocket - Two 5" Horizontal (ADD) 2.98 2.03 1.46 1.27 1.18 1.01 1.00

A005B Turned Pocket - One 5" Horizontal (ADD) 7.09 4.83 4.37 3.98 3.49 3.27 3.17A006B Turned Pocket - Two 5" Horizontal (ADD) 9.66 8.73 7.95 7.20 6.54 6.34 6.22VSHA3 Self-Adhesive Pocket - One (ADD) 1.48 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50A0081 CD Pocket, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.48 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50A0082 USB Pocket, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.48 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50

Card HoldersA008 Business Card Holder, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.48 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50

Sheet LiftersA010 Sheet Lifters - Pair 2"-1" (ADD) 0.66 0.48 0.46 0.44 0.38 0.38 0.36A011 Sheet Lifters - Pair 3"-1 1/2" (ADD) 0.70 0.52 0.47 0.47 0.40 0.40 0.38A012 Sheet Lifters - 5" Flat (ADD) 0.70 0.52 0.47 0.47 0.40 0.40 0.38A013 Sheet Lifters - 11" x 8 1/2" (ADD) 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.61 0.56 0.54 0.52

MetalsA019 D-Ring 1" (ADD) 0.37 0.37 0.36 0.36 0.34 0.34 0.34A020 D-Ring 1 1/2" (ADD) 0.37 0.37 0.36 0.36 0.34 0.34 0.34A021 D-Ring 2" (ADD) 0.58 0.58 0.56 0.56 0.53 0.53 0.53

A022 D-Ring 2 1/2" (ADD) 0.60 0.60 0.58 0.58 0.54 0.54 0.54

A023 Angle D-Ring 1" (ADD) 0.68 0.66 0.62 0.60 0.54 0.53 0.50A024 Angle D-Ring 1 1/2" (ADD) 0.73 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.56 0.54A025 Angle D-Ring 2" (ADD) 0.88 0.85 0.80 0.76 0.67 0.65 0.63A026 Angle D-Ring 2 1/2" (ADD) (11 x 8 1/2" SS only) 1.03 0.98 0.88 0.84 0.76 0.70 0.69A027 Angle D-Ring 3" (ADD) 1.07 1.02 0.93 0.88 0.79 0.76 0.70A058 Trigger Lock Angle-D 1" (ADD) 0.99 0.93 0.81 0.76 0.64 0.60 0.55A059 Trigger Lock Angle-D 1 1/2" (ADD) 1.02 0.98 0.84 0.80 0.68 0.63 0.59A060 Trigger Lock Angle-D 2" (ADD) 1.44 1.34 1.20 1.10 0.97 0.90 0.83A061 Trigger Lock Angle-D 2 1/2" (ADD) 1.64 1.56 1.31 1.22 1.07 0.97 0.88A062 Trigger Lock Angle-D 3" (ADD) 1.84 1.68 1.46 1.29 1.07 0.98 0.90

Add-OnsBox 4G Shipping Box 1"-3" Capacity Binders (ADD) 1.51 1.28 1.14 1.05 0.90 0.88 0.85A015 Round Euro-Hinge Scoring (ADD) 2.37 2.21 1.99 1.71 1.28 1.18 1.10

A015S Square Euro-Hinge Scoring (ADD) 1.74 1.41 1.21 1.04 0.81 0.74 0.66A016 Rounded Corners (ADD) 2.24 2.19 2.09 1.88 1.63 1.53 1.45A017 Grommet Finger Pull (ADD) 3.12 2.40 2.04 1.54 1.37 1.22 1.02

MLAM Matte Laminiating 3.43 2.62 1.94 1.02 0.54 0.53 0.53A050 Velcro Closure 1 Round 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66

A050A Velcro Closure Pair 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34A019S Sewing 7.24 6.86 5.86 5.48 4.98 4.92 4.85A020 Brass and Chrome Corners 6.86 4.25 3.53 3.07 2.72 2.65 2.58

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof C

Page 11: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

9

VINYL BINDERS

Vinyl is a very popular, all purpose binder material. The binders are created by heat sealing vinyl around chipboard to create the binder case. Vinyl binders are great for seminars, sales meetings, price lists, or reference materials.

Characteristics: • Good material for a temperate, indoor office environment • Gives you the leather-like look without the cost • Comes in a variety of colors and textures • Can be silk-screened, foil stamped or debossed • Silk-screened artwork limited to 65 line screen

Binder Tips: • Business Card Holders: A clear vinyl pocket for a business card can be placed almost anywhere on the binder. The most common

placement is on the inside front cover. The holder can be sealed on 2 or 3 sides.

• Foil Stamping Foil stamping is the process of applying heat and pressure to a metal die to transfer foil onto the surface.

Shiny gold, shiny silver, white, black, metallic red and metallic blue are the most common colors. Other colors and specialty order foils are available.

Things to consider when preparing artwork for foil-stamping: • All lines must be at least 1 point in thickness. • All type should be at least 10 points in size. Very thin fonts are not recommended. • Reverse type should be bold. Fine reverse type has a tendency to fill in when foil stamped. • Eliminate any halftones and screens.

Inside cover showing locationof business card holder.

2-sided seal allows cardholder to remain open at

top and side

3-sided seal allows cardholder to remain open at

top only

Page 12: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Vinyl Binders

10

RING BINDERS WEIGHT SIZE* PER BOX PER BOX

1/2" 34 34 lbs.

3/4" 32 32 lbs.

1" 24 28 lbs.

11/2" 18 25 lbs.

2" 12 21 lbs.

21/2" 10 22 lbs.

3" 8 18 lbs.

*Round Rings, 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size

11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size8 1/2"x 11" Sheet Size

VINYL RING BINDERSVinyl Ring Binders make an impressive opening statement. Silk-screening or foil stamping your artwork can customize the quality French Calf or Suedene finish vinyl. Heavy-duty rings and flat chipboard creates a strong constructed binder that will last.

Vinyl ring binders are great for:• Sales Meetings• Price Lists• Reference Materials• Promotions

Specifications:• Eight ring sizes from 1⁄2" to 4" capacity• Ring spacing 8 1⁄2" O.C. 4 1⁄4" I.C. -

11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size• Ring spacing 5 1⁄2" O.C. 2 1⁄4" I.C. -

8 1⁄2" x 11" Sheet Size• Round rings can be attached to the spine or back cover• Optional D-Rings and Angle D-Rings are available and are attached to the back cover

VINYL RING BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 101A 1⁄2" 5.24 4.04 3.66 3.48 3.27 3.24 3.06

V 102A 3⁄4" 5.24 4.04 3.66 3.48 3.27 3.24 3.06

V 103A 1" 5.53 4.25 3.89 3.69 3.45 3.43 3.24

V 104A 1 1⁄2" 5.81 4.47 4.12 3.90 3.67 3.64 3.45

V 105A 2" 6.95 5.38 5.01 4.79 4.51 4.50 4.27

V 106A 2 1⁄2" 7.37 5.87 5.52 5.25 4.97 4.86 4.70

V 107A 3" 9.60 7.49 6.86 6.53 6.13 6.09 5.80

V 108A 4" Angle D-Ring 14.08 12.15 10.95 10.12 9.62 9.48 8.91C

LANDSCAPE VINYL RING BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 11" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V101E 1⁄2" 5.81 4.88 4.40 4.28 4.02 3.84 3.43

V103E 1" 5.84 4.91 4.44 4.32 4.06 3.88 3.48

V104E 1 1⁄2" 5.92 4.99 4.53 4.42 4.15 3.97 3.58

V105E 2" 7.20 6.41 5.88 5.68 5.37 5.24 5.14C

Brass or chrome corners add strength and finishing to any binder.

See page 16 for Binder Accessories.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.

Our vinyl contains recycled content.

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 13: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Vinyl Binders

11

SMALL VINYL RING BINDERSSmall Vinyl Ring Binders are perfect for directories, employee manuals, instruction guides, software manuals and cookbooks. The quality French Calf or Suedene finish vinyl can be customized by silk-screening or foil stamping your artwork.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors. See page 16 for Binder Accessories.

8 1/2" x 5 1/2"Sheet Size

9 1/2" x 6" Sheet Size

SMALL VINYL RING BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 101B 1⁄2" 5.73 4.84 4.33 4.19 3.96 3.78 3.24

V 102B 3⁄4" 5.73 4.84 4.33 4.19 3.96 3.78 3.24

V 103B 1" 5.75 4.85 4.39 4.21 3.98 3.84 3.29

V 104B 1 1⁄2" 5.78 4.88 4.43 4.23 3.99 3.88 3.33

V 105B 2" 6.97 6.29 5.65 5.59 5.28 5.24 4.69

V 106B 2 1⁄2" 9.94 8.98 7.97 7.91 7.61 7.50 6.70C

SMALL VINYL RING BINDERS 9 1⁄2" x 6" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 101C 1⁄2" 6.01 5.34 4.71 4.54 4.23 4.19 3.60

V 102C 3⁄4" 6.01 5.34 4.71 4.54 4.23 4.19 3.60

V 103C 1" 6.02 5.38 4.73 4.60 4.27 4.21 3.61

V 104C 1 1⁄2" 6.03 5.42 4.75 4.62 4.29 4.24 3.63

V 105C 2" 7.53 7.15 6.45 6.28 5.93 5.91 5.06C

6-RING MEMO BINDERSMemo Binders are for smaller sheet sizes and come with 6-ring metals. They are great for employee and club directories. These binders can be customized by silk-screening or foil stamping your artwork.

• Pockets, business card holders and notepad clips can be added

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors. See page 16 for Binder Accessories. 6 3/4" x 3 3/4"

Sheet Size

7 1/4" x 4 1/2" Sheet Size

3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4"

Spacing between rings:

MEMO BINDERS 6 3⁄4" x 3 3⁄4" Sheet Size • 6-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 101 520 1⁄2" 6.32 5.64 4.94 4.78 4.33 4.17 3.57

V 103 31 1" 6.65 5.96 5.29 5.11 4.63 4.49 3.89C

MEMO BINDERS 7 1⁄4" x 4 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 6-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 101 723 1⁄2" 7.03 6.26 5.56 5.31 4.81 4.63 3.97

V 102 852 3⁄4" 7.13 6.37 5.63 5.44 4.90 4.74 4.09

V 103 37 1" 7.40 6.63 5.88 5.68 5.15 4.99 4.32C

Page 14: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Vinyl Binders

12

HOSPITALITY VINYL BINDERSHospitality binders play a pivotal role in a hotel’s marketing strategy. These hospitality binders are constructed with French Calf or Suedene vinyl and sealed around solid 100 Pt. chipboard. Heavy-duty ring metals are riveted to construct a sturdy and long lasting binder. Customize with silk-screening, foil-stamping or debossing.

Specifications:• Fits 11"x 7 1⁄2" sheet size• 3-Round Ring (standard) OR optional 6-Round Ring• Optional padding on front cover and back cover

Uses:• Guest Services information• Catering Menu• Guest Directories

HOSPITALITY VINYL BINDERS 11"x 7 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

6 ring

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 101AB 2438 1/2" 6.01 5.34 4.71 4.54 4.23 4.19 3.60

V 102AB 3/4" 6.01 5.34 4.71 4.54 4.23 4.19 3.60

V 103AB 16 1" 6.02 5.38 4.74 4.60 4.28 4.21 3.61

M6 6-Round Ring (ADD) 1.84 1.67 1.57 1.47 1.40 1.38 1.36C

QUICK SHIP ENTRAPMENT BINDERSNeed 4-color process binders in a hurry? These quick-turn entrapment binders are the answer. Entrapment sheets are printed on 100# Bright White Gloss Text. The entrapment sheets are sealed over solid 100 Pt. chipboard with a .008 crystal clear vinyl over top.

Specifications:• 1" round ring metal only• French Calf or Suedene vinyl colors: Black, White or Royal Blue

QUICK SHIP ENTRAPMENT BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500

V103AQ2 1" Entrapment – Front /Spine 13.30 10.37 9.74 8.89

V103AQ3 1" Entrapment – Front /Spine/Back Cover 17.00 12.52 11.67 9.84

A005 Pocket – One 5" horiz. or vert. (ADD) 0.67 0.55 0.47 0.41

A006 Pocket – Two 5" horiz. or vert. (ADD) 1.22 1.00 0.86 0.79

A007 Business Card Holder, sealed 2 sides (ADD) 0.53 0.34 0.25 0.22

A008 Business Card Holder, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.63 1.14 0.80 0.72C

HOURS!FROM PROOF APPROVAL

SHIPS IN

72HOURS!FROM PROOF APPROVAL

SHIPS IN

72

Page 15: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Vinyl Binders

13

PLATFORM EASEL BINDERSPlatform Easel Binders are very popular for desktop sales presentations. Just open up the back panel to create the easel stand and fold the front cover over toward the back.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.See page 16 for Binder Accessories.

SNAP BACK EASEL BINDERSSnap Back Easel Binders make reading easy. They are constructed so the bottom half of the cover bends back from the metal ring. This displays the binder contents at a good reading angle for the user. These binders can be customized by silk-screening or foil stamping your artwork.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors. See page 16 for Binder Accessories.11" x 8 1/2"

Sheet Size8 1/2" x 5 1/2"

Sheet Size

11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size8 1/2" x 11" Sheet Size8 1/2" x 5 1/2" Sheet Size

LANDSCAPE PLATFORM EASEL BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 11" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 116E 1" 14.52 12.78 10.26 10.03 9.27 9.08 8.47

V 118E 1 1/2" 14.95 13.29 10.59 10.38 9.58 9.40 8.79C

PLATFORM EASEL BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 112B 1/2" 12.86 11.57 9.18 8.99 8.32 8.09 7.52

V 114B 1" 13.00 11.72 9.33 9.13 8.45 8.18 7.64C

SNAP BACK EASEL BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 115B 1" 8.51 7.41 6.28 6.12 5.50 5.36 4.98

V 117B 1 1/2" 8.75 7.65 6.53 6.35 5.72 5.55 5.16

V 119B 2" 10.26 8.72 7.60 7.44 6.80 6.63 6.19C

SNAP BACK EASEL BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 111A 1/2" 5.69 5.07 4.51 4.30 3.90 3.76 3.21

V 115A 1" 5.78 5.17 4.56 4.41 3.97 3.85 3.31

V 117A 1 1/2" 5.99 5.37 4.77 4.61 4.17 4.04 3.50

V 119A 2" 10.78 9.68 8.52 8.33 7.59 7.39 6.83C

PLATFORM EASEL BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 112A 1/2" 13.70 12.26 9.74 9.53 8.76 8.56 7.98

V 116A 1" 13.83 12.40 9.88 9.68 8.87 8.67 8.09

V 118A 1 1/2" 14.26 12.82 10.29 10.08 9.24 8.88 8.44

V 120A 2" 15.73 14.15 11.29 11.07 10.09 9.91 9.22C

11" x 8 1//2/2/ " 8 1/2/2/ " x 5 1/2/2/ "

Page 16: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Vinyl Binders

14

VINYL A4 BINDERS• Sheet Size 11 3⁄4" x 8 1⁄4" plus 1⁄2" index allowance• Seven ring sizes from 1⁄2" to 3" capacity• Ring spacing 3 1⁄8" C.C. • 4 Round Ring Non-Booster Standard

See pages 88-89 for vinyl and silk-screening ink colors.

11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size

VINYL POST BINDERSPost Binders are specifically designed to hold large quantities of material. They are available in fixed or expandable capacity. These binders can be used to hold numerous catalogs or price sheets.

VINYL FIXED POST BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • Fixed 3 Post • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V105 QUACANVIN 2" 13.22 10.06 9.19 8.64 8.03 7.90 7.84

V301 QUACANVIN 3" 13.62 10.49 9.61 9.09 8.55 8.45 8.33

V401 QUACANVIN 4" 13.62 10.49 9.61 9.09 8.55 8.45 8.33 C

EXPANDABLE VINYL POST BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V215 QUACANVIN 2 - 3" 14.63 11.45 9.42 8.85 8.24 8.10 8.03

V300 QUACANVIN 3 - 4 1⁄2" 14.89 11.80 9.74 9.32 8.87 8.62 8.44

V400 QUACANVIN 4 - 6" 14.89 11.80 9.74 9.32 8.87 8.62 8.44C

VINYL A4 BINDERS 11 3⁄4" x 8 1⁄4" Sheet Size • 4-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000

A4101 1⁄2" 7.27 5.60 5.19 4.92 4.57

A4102 3⁄4" 7.27 5.60 5.19 4.92 4.57

A4103 1" 7.58 5.82 5.41 5.14 4.79

A4104 1 1⁄2" 7.96 6.12 5.73 5.44 5.10

A4105 2" 8.47 7.38 6.99 6.69 6.29

A4106 2 1⁄2" 10.11 8.03 7.73 7.34 6.92

A4107 3" 10.58 8.51 8.17 7.82 7.39C

WRAPAROUND VINYL RING BINDERSThe Wraparound Vinyl Ring Binder has a vinyl flap with a Velcro closure that keeps all the contents in place and protected. These binders can be customized by silk-screening or foil stamping your artwork. • Includes a 5" horizontal inside front pocket and a Velcro closure

on the flap.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors. 11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size

WRAPAROUND VINYL RING BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 16

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 101 3220 1/2" Round Ring 8.24 7.01 6.03 5.89 5.48 5.39 5.20

V 103 900 1" Round Ring 8.49 7.14 6.26 6.03 5.68 5.52 5.34

V 104 1073 1 1/2" Round Ring 8.72 7.25 6.49 6.28 5.83 5.63 5.47

V 105 914 2" Round Ring 8.85 8.14 7.38 7.17 6.66 6.50 5.52

V 106 2362 2 1/2" Round Ring 9.29 8.59 8.04 7.60 7.11 6.90 6.70C

11" x 8 1/2/2/ " Sheet Size

Page 17: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Vinyl Binders

15

ROUND RING INSERTABLE BINDERS• Heavy duty ring metals are riveted to spine• Black or white suedene vinyl with clear overlay

pockets on the front cover, spine and back cover• Includes two horizontal pockets• Includes two curved sheet lifters in the

1 1⁄2", 2", 2 1⁄2" and 3" binders

ANGLE D RING

ROUND RING

ANGLE D-RING INSERTABLE BINDERSThe Angle D-Ring allows the sheets to lie flat in the binder for less wear and tear on the binder contents. Customize the binder by slipping your inserts into the clear pockets on the back cover, front cover or spine.

• Angle D-Rings are heavy duty and riveted to the back cover• Black or white suedene vinyl with clear overlay

pockets on the front cover, spine and back cover• Includes two horizontal pockets• Includes one 5" flat sheet lifter

ANGLE D-RING INSERTABLE BINDERS IN STOCK 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration

PRODUCT CAPACITY ALL QUANTITIES BINDERS PER CARTON* CARTON WEIGHT

IN501 1" 3.86 12 16 lbs.

IN502 1 1/2" 4.39 12 18 lbs.

IN503 2" 5.20 12 22 lbs.

IN504 2 1/2" 5.63 12 27 lbs.

IN505 3" 8.19 6 14 lbs.

IN506 4" 8.85 6 14 lbs.*Binders sold in full cartons only C

ROUND RING INSERTABLE BINDERS IN STOCK 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration

PRODUCT CAPACITY ALL QUANTITIES BINDERS PER CARTON* CARTON WEIGHT

UT200 1/2" 2.97 12 14 lbs.

UT201 1" 2.98 12 15 lbs.

UT202 1 1/2" 3.64 12 18 lbs.

UT203 2" 4.83 12 22 lbs.

UT204 2 1/2" 5.50 12 24 lbs.

UT205 3" 6.40 6 14 lbs.*Binders sold in full cartons only C

IN STOCK&

READY TOSHIP!

IN STOCK&

READY TOSHIP!

Page 18: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Vinyl Binders

16

VINYL RING BINDERS ADD-ONS/ACCESSORIES

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Quantities 50-250 will be digitally printed. ***Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. +Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

DecorationAF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.15 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.35 0.28 0.22

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 3.75 2.04 1.46 1.00 0.65 0.53 0.44AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.86 1.54 0.72 0.44 0.31 0.23 0.21AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 5.99 3.24 1.51 0.97 0.66 0.52 0.49

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 9.03 4.85 2.27 1.46 1.00 0.78 0.76AD4 4-Color Process Printing*** + (ADD) 15.62 7.98 4.38 3.47 2.40 2.36 2.03

PaddingA003 Foam padding—front cover (ADD) 0.86 0.86 0.83 0.83 0.81 0.81 0.81A004 Foam padding—front, spine, back (ADD) 1.74 1.74 1.65 1.65 1.60 1.60 1.60

PocketsA005 Pocket—One 5" horz. or vert. (ADD) 0.54 0.45 0.38 0.33 0.28 0.27 0.24A006 Pocket—Two 5" horz. or vert. (ADD) 0.98 0.80 0.68 0.63 0.48 0.45 0.44

Card/Label HoldersA007 Business card holder, sealed 2 sides (ADD) 0.42 0.27 0.20 0.18 0.14 0.14 0.14A008 Business card holder, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.30 0.90 0.64 0.57 0.53 0.47 0.46A009 Label holder—spine only (ADD) 1.36 0.96 0.68 0.62 0.58 0.52 0.51

A00942 CD holder, self-adhesive (ADD) 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.59 0.59 0.59A00943 CD holder, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.48 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50 A0082 USB Pocket, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.48 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50

Sheet LiftersA010 Sheet lifters—Pair 2"–1" cap. (ADD) 0.66 0.47 0.46 0.44 0.39 0.38 0.37A011 Sheet lifters—Pair 3"–1 1/2" cap. (ADD) 0.70 0.52 0.47 0.47 0.41 0.40 0.39A012 Sheet lifters—5" flat for D-ring (ADD) 0.70 0.52 0.47 0.47 0.41 0.40 0.39A013 Sheet lifters—11"x 8 1/2" sheet (ADD) 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.56 0.54

OverlaysA015 Clear overlay—front cover (ADD) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.62 0.61A016 Clear overlay—front cover & spine (ADD) 1.13 0.96 0.87 0.82 0.79 0.78 0.77A017 Clear overlay—spine, covers (ADD) 1.51 1.30 1.21 1.18 1.13 1.12 1.11

MetalsA019 D-Ring 1" (ADD) 0.37 0.37 0.36 0.36 0.34 0.34 0.34A020 D-Ring 1 1/2" (ADD) 0.37 0.37 0.36 0.36 0.34 0.34 0.34A021 D-Ring 2" (ADD) 0.58 0.58 0.56 0.56 0.53 0.53 0.53A022 D-Ring 2 1/2" (ADD) 0.60 0.60 0.58 0.58 0.54 0.54 0.54A023 Angle D-Ring 1" (ADD) 0.68 0.66 0.62 0.60 0.54 0.53 0.50A024 Angle D-Ring 1 1/2" (ADD) 0.73 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.56 0.54A025 Angle D-Ring 2" (ADD) 0.88 0.85 0.80 0.76 0.67 0.65 0.63A026 Angle D-Ring 2 1/2" (ADD) (11" x 8 1/2" SS only) 1.03 0.98 0.88 0.84 0.76 0.70 0.69A027 Angle D-Ring 3" (ADD) 1.07 1.02 0.93 0.88 0.79 0.76 0.70A058 Trigger Lock Angle-D 1" (ADD) 0.99 0.93 0.81 0.76 0.64 0.60 0.55A059 Trigger Lock Angle-D 1 1/2" (ADD) 1.02 0.98 0.84 0.80 0.68 0.63 0.59A060 Trigger Lock Angle-D 2" (ADD) 1.44 1.34 1.20 1.13 0.97 0.90 0.83A061 Trigger Lock Angle-D 2 1/2" (ADD) 1.64 1.53 1.31 1.22 1.07 0.97 0.88A062 Trigger Lock Angle-D 3" (ADD) 1.84 1.68 1.46 1.29 1.09 0.98 0.90

Entrapment SheetsPAFCSP1 Front Cover/Spine 1-Color** 2.63 1.80 1.39 0.80 0.72 0.59 0.52PAFCSP2 Front Cover/Spine 2-Color** 2.63 1.80 1.39 1.08 0.95 0.71 0.60PAFCSP4 Front Cover/Spine 4-Color *** 2.63 1.80 1.39 1.35 1.28 1.21 1.05

PAFCSPBC1 Front Cover/Spine/Back Cover 1-Color** 5.26 3.59 2.78 1.60 0.80 0.59 0.52PAFCSPBC2 Front Cover/Spine/Back Cover 2-Color** 5.26 3.59 2.78 2.18 1.09 0.71 0.60PAFCSPBC4 Front Cover/Spine/Back Cover 4-Color *** 5.26 3.59 2.78 2.78 1.52 1.28 1.05

Add-OnsA0145 Cncld Rivets 11"x 8 1/2" Sht Size, 1/2"– 2" Capacity 0.50 0.48 0.46 0.44 0.39 0.39 0.32 A014 Cncld Rivets 11"x 8 1/2" Sht Size, 2 1/2"– 4" Capacity 1.04 1.02 0.92 0.87 0.79 0.78 0.76 A001 Brass Clip (ADD) 1.02 1.01 0.97 0.97 0.96 0.95 0.94A053 Pen Loop (ADD) 1.03 0.75 0.54 0.46 0.40 0.39 0.38

MONT Montana/Cortina Vinyl Outside Cover (ADD) 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65CAST Castillian Expanded Vinyl Outside Cover (ADD) 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57A019S Sewing (ADD) 7.24 6.86 5.86 5.48 4.98 4.92 4.85A020 Brass or Chrome Corners (ADD) 6.86 4.25 3.53 3.07 2.72 2.65 2.58

C

Page 19: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

17

POLY BINDERS

Poly is a durable plastic sheet made from a polyolefin blend. The one piece poly binder construction makes this a more durable and yet less expensive alternative. Poly binders are perfect for reference or training guides that will be frequently handled, for example, manuals in a workshop area.

Characteristics: • Comes in a wide variety of bright colors of polyethylene and different textures and tints of polypropylene • Available in different gauges or thicknesses • Indestructible, high density material that will not fade, crack or tear • Withstands from -150° to +150° Fahrenheit without changing its form • Life of hinge exceeds 50,000 flexes • Can be silk-screened or foil stamped

Binder Tips: • Placement of Artwork Artwork can be placed on the outside front or back cover, the spine, or the inside front or back cover. The

most common placement for artwork on a poly binder is on the front cover and spine.

When submitting artwork for binder production, indicate the position the artwork should be placed. Some common placements are diagrammed below. Keep art or copy at least 1⁄4” away from edges, spine and rivets on vinyl and poly products.

The major concern for art or copy on the spine is that it fits between the rivets. Indicate whether it should be centered between the rivets and wether it should be placed lengthwise, stacked or in the horizontal position.

Note: Each binder case has different outside dimensions depending on the binder case material, ring size and style. Check with your customer service representative (or request a template) for binder case dimensions based on your specifications.

• Silk-Screening The process of silk-screening is started by the creation of a screen which has the non-printing areas

blocked by a stencil. Printing is done by applying ink to the screen, spreading and forcing it through the fine mesh opening onto the printing surface.

Things to consider when preparing artwork for silk-screening: • All lines must be at least 1 point in thickness. • All type should be at least 10 points in size. Very thin fonts are not recommended. • Reverse type should be bold. Fine reverse type has a tendency to fill in when screened. • Halftones or screens should not be more than 70% in value or less than 30%. • Silk-screening inks are not opaque. Light colors screened onto dark vinyl or poly can make color

matching difficult. The dark base of the vinyl or poly will show through the silk-screened ink.

UpperLeft

TOP THIRD CENTERED

CENTERED

UpperCenter

UpperRight

LowerLeft

LowerCenter

LowerRight

LEN

GTH

WISE

STACKED

HORIZ.

Page 20: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Poly Binders

18

POLYETHYLENE RING BINDERSPolyethylene ring binders are economical, lightweight and extremely durable. These binders are perfect for reference or training guides that will be frequently handled. Polyethylene is the most widely used plastic for binders and is traditionally opaque.

Specifications• .023, .035, .055, .075 or .110 gauge polyethylene

available• Matte or crush grain* available• Round rings, D-rings or Angle D-rings metal options

*Not all colors available in crush grain, please check with customer service.

*Round rings, .023 gauge poly, and 11"x 8 1/2" sheet size.** Recommend using .035 gauge on 1 1/2" cap and .055 gauge

on 2" cap and larger.

RING BINDERS WEIGHT SIZE* PER BOX PER BOX

1/2" 84 27 lbs.

3/4" 72 24 lbs.

1" 32 14 lbs.

11/2"** 22 14 lbs.

2"** 12 13 lbs.

21/2"** 10 13 lbs.

11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size

Contains 15% - 30% post-industrial contentAsk about 100% recycled poly

See page 88-89 for poly and silk-screening ink colors. See page 22 for poly gauges.

POLY RING BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • .023 Gauge Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 20023A 1/2" 3.27 2.66 2.20 1.93 1.86 1.84

P 20123A 3/4" 3.32 2.69 2.24 1.96 1.89 1.88

P 20223A 1" 3.40 2.81 2.27 2.00 1.93 1.90

P 20523A 1 1/2" 3.53 3.23 2.46 2.13 2.12 2.10

P 20623A 2" 4.51 4.22 3.27 2.79 2.78 2.76

P 20755A 2 1/2" - .055 gauge 8.28 6.68 6.03 5.66 5.63 5.54

P 20855A 3" - .055 gauge 8.71 7.03 6.34 5.96 5.93 5.84

C

OVERSIZE POLY RING BINDERS 11" x 17" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • .035 Gauge Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 10335F 1" 6.49 4.70 3.87 3.45 3.40 3.33

P 10435F 1 1/2" 6.62 4.79 3.96 3.53 3.48 3.39

P 10535F 2" 7.18 5.36 4.56 4.07 4.07 3.98

A055 Poly Gauge .055 (ADD) 5.60 3.81 2.99 2.71 2.47 2.33

A075 Poly Gauge .075 (ADD) 7.83 6.06 5.07 4.66 4.40 4.19

C

LANDSCAPE POLY RING BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 11" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • .023 Gauge Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 20023E 1/2" 5.89 4.16 3.33 2.80 2.12 2.07

P 20223E 1" 5.92 4.17 3.36 2.83 2.17 2.11

P 20323E 1 1/2" 6.05 4.29 3.48 2.96 2.33 2.27

C

ECO OPTIONSAVAILABLE

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 21: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Poly Binders

19

OVERSIZE POLYPROPYLENE RING BINDERS 11" x 17" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • .030 mil Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 10335FP 1" 6.49 4.70 3.87 3.45 3.40 3.34

P 10435FP 1 1/2" 6.62 4.80 3.97 3.52 3.48 3.39

P 10535FP 2" 7.18 5.35 4.56 4.07 4.06 3.98

C

POLYPROPYLENE RING BINDERSPolypropylene ring binders are functional and durable AND clear! Polypropylene binders are able to withstand extreme temperatures or liquids. This binder is durable and won’t crack or tear.Polypropylene is typically more translucent in color.

Specifications• .020, .030, .045 mil polypropylene available• Matte/Matte, Matte/Smooth or Line/Smooth

finishes available• Clear or Tinted*

* Tints only available in .020 and .030 mil in fine Matte/Matte finish.

Purple Green Orange Red YellowGray Blue

Tinted Matte.020 and .030 mil.

PPSMSmooth/

Matte

PPMMMatte/Matte

PPSLLined

LANDSCAPE POLYPROPYLENE BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 11" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • .020 mil. Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 20023EP 1/2" 5.89 4.16 3.33 2.80 2.12 2.07

P 20223EP 1" 5.92 4.17 3.36 2.83 2.17 2.11

P 20323EP 1 1/2" 6.05 4.29 3.48 2.96 2.33 2.27

Add-Ons

PT Tinted Matte (ADD) 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37C

POLYPROPYLENE RING BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • .020 mil. Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 20023AP 1/2" 3.27 2.66 2.20 1.93 1.86 1.84

P 20123AP 3/4" 3.32 2.69 2.24 1.96 1.89 1.88

P 20223AP 1" 3.40 2.81 2.27 2.00 1.93 1.90

P 20523AP 1 1/2" 3.53 3.23 2.46 2.13 2.12 2.10

P 20623AP 2" 4.51 4.22 3.27 2.79 2.78 2.76

P 20755AP 2 1/2" - .045 mil 8.28 6.68 6.03 5.66 5.63 5.54

P 20855AP 3" - .045 mil 8.71 7.03 6.34 5.96 5.93 5.84C

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 22: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Poly Binders

20

8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size

SMALL POLY BINDERSSmall Poly Binders are perfect for manuals, catalogs and reports.

These durable Small Poly Memo Binders resist abrasion and cracking.

Uses:• Training Manuals• Employee and Student Manuals• Catalogs• Reports

6 3⁄4" x 3 3⁄4" Sheet Size7 1⁄4" x 4 1⁄2" Sheet Size

POLY 6-RING MEMO BINDERSThese binders are economical, lightweight and are perfect for frequently handled documents.

Uses:

• Menus• Phone Directories

3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4"Spacing between rings:

POLY MEMO BINDERS 7 1⁄4" x 4 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 6-Ring • No Decoration • .023 Gauge Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 20923 1/2" 4.22 3.23 3.01 2.84 2.80 2.78

P 21023 3/4" 4.27 3.27 3.02 2.86 2.82 2.80

P 21123 1" 4.31 3.33 3.06 2.90 2.85 2.82C

SMALL POLY RING BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • .023 Gauge Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 20023B 1/2" 3.39 2.78 2.31 2.06 1.98 1.97

P 20123B 3/4" 3.45 2.82 2.35 2.08 2.00 1.98

P 20223B 1" 3.48 2.91 2.58 2.12 2.03 2.00

P 20523B 1 1/2" 3.65 3.35 2.69 2.27 2.16 2.12

P 20623B 2" 4.62 4.33 3.40 3.11 3.02 3.00C

POLY MEMO BINDERS 6 3⁄4" x 3 3⁄4" Sheet Size • 6-Ring • No Decoration • .023 Gauge Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 20323 1/2" 4.22 3.23 3.01 2.84 2.80 2.78

P 20823 1" 4.31 3.33 3.06 2.90 2.85 2.82C

Page 23: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Poly Binders

21

CORRUGATED POLYPROPYLENE BINDERS

This poly binder will not be left on the shelf. Corrugated Polypropylene gives these binders a distinct and unique look, while providing traditional water-resistant and resilient qualities.

The Corrugated Polypropylene is 4 mm thick and can be silk-screened.

Available Colors: White, Black, Red, Dark Blue, Purple, Natural

CORRUGATED POLY RING BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • 4 mm Corr. Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P2004C 1/2" 6.99 5.25 4.43 3.86 3.18 3.13

P2024C 1" 7.02 5.27 4.45 3.90 3.23 3.17

P2054C 11/2" 7.15 5.39 4.58 4.02 3.39 3.33

C

POLY WRAPAROUND BINDERS

Keep your documents protected with a Poly Wraparound Binder. The die cut tab closure keeps the flap securely closed. The heavy-duty ring metals make this product built to last. Silk-screen to add customization and choose from many poly colors to make this product unique.

POLY WRAPAROUND BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3-Ring • No Decoration • .023 Gauge Poly • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P20223WR 1" 6.49 4.70 3.87 3.45 3.40 3.34

P20523WR 11/2" 6.62 4.80 3.97 3.52 3.48 3.39

P20623WR 2" 7.18 5.35 4.56 4.07 4.06 3.98

C

11" x 8 ½" Sheet SizePOLY POST BINDERS

Post Binders are specifically designed to hold large quantities of material. They are available in fixed or expandable capacity. These binders can be used to hold numerous catalogs or price sheets.

See page 88 for poly silk-screening ink colors.

POLY FIXED POST BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • .055 Gauge • Fixed Post • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 20555A 2" 13.73 10.37 8.23 7.11 6.48 6.34 6.18

P 208555A 3" 14.20 10.75 8.59 7.41 6.72 6.58 6.36

P 210555A 4" 14.20 10.75 8.59 7.41 6.72 6.58 6.36*Call for pricing on .075 gauge. C

POLY EXPANDABLE POST BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • .055 Gauge • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 22

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 21555A 2" - 3" 14.33 10.97 8.82 7.69 7.05 6.91 6.74

P 21855A 3" - 4 1⁄2" 14.79 11.35 9.17 7.99 7.30 7.16 6.93

P 20955A 4" - 6" 14.79 11.35 9.17 7.99 7.30 7.16 6.93C

Page 24: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Poly Binders

22

Note: Case dimension will vary slightly with heavy duty, D, Angle D, or plastic rings.

Cover Width Cover WidthSpin

e W

idth

Hei

ght

POLY BINDER ADD-ONS/ACCESSORIES

POLY SWATCH COLORS - GAUGE .016, .023, .035 AND .055 - SOFT MATTE

To the right are standard case dimensions for poly round ring binders.

184White

00Natural

777Par

Blue

081Ivory

562Beige

078BrightYellow

102Bright

Orange

489Red

359Maroon

017Azure

133Blue

048LightGray

062 Gray

050Light

Brown

723Black

784Emerald

11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size • Case Dimensions

Capacity Height Cover Width Spine Width

1/2" 11 5/8" 9 5/8" 7/8"

3/4" 11 5/8" 9 7/8" 1 1/8"

1" 11 5/8" 10 1/8" 1 5/16"

1 1/2" 11 5/8" 10 5/8" 1 15/16"

2" 11 5/8" 11" 2 3/8"

2 1/2" 11 5/8" 11 5/8" 3 1/8"

8 1/2" x 5 1/2" Sheet Size • Case Dimensions

Capacity Height Cover Width Spine Width

1/2" 9 1/8" 6 3/4" 7/8"

3/4" 9 1/8" 6 13/16" 1 1/16"

1" 9 1/8" 7 1/8" 1 5/16"

1 1/2" 9 1/8" 7 9/16" 1 15/16"

2" 9 1/8" 8 1/8" 2 7/16"

Purple GreenOrange Red YellowGrey Blue

Tinted Matte Polypropylene

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

DecorationAF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.04 1.46 1.00 0.63 0.51 0.42AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.54 0.72 0.44 0.30 0.22 0.20AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 3.24 1.51 0.97 0.64 0.49 0.46

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 4.85 2.27 1.46 0.97 0.73 0.71AD4 4-Color Process Printing+ (ADD) 7.94 4.38 3.47 2.40 2.36 2.03

PocketsA031 Pockets—One 5" Horiz. or Vert.** (ADD) 0.90 0.64 0.57 0.51 0.45 0.44A032 Pockets—Two 5" Horiz. or Vert.** (ADD) 1.81 1.27 1.14 1.02 0.89 0.87

MetalsA019 D-Ring 1" (ADD) 0.37 0.36 0.36 0.34 0.34 0.34A020 D-Ring 1 1/2" (ADD) 0.37 0.36 0.36 0.34 0.34 0.34A021 D-Ring 2" (ADD) 0.58 0.56 0.56 0.53 0.53 0.53A022 D-Ring 21/2" (ADD) 0.60 0.58 0.58 0.54 0.54 0.54A023 Angle D-Ring 1" (ADD) 0.66 0.62 0.60 0.54 0.53 0.50A024 Angle D-Ring 1 1/2" (ADD) 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.56 0.54A025 Angle D-Ring 2" (ADD) 0.85 0.80 0.76 0.67 0.65 0.63A026 Angle D-Ring 2 1/2" (ADD) (11x 8 1/2" SS only) 0.98 0.88 0.84 0.76 0.70 0.69A027 Angle D-Ring 3" (ADD) 1.02 0.93 0.88 0.79 0.76 0.70

Card/Label HolderA008 Business Card Holder sealed 3 sides (ADD) 0.90 0.64 0.57 0.51 0.45 0.44A009 Label Holder on Spine (1" x 3 7/8") (ADD) 0.96 0.68 0.62 0.56 0.49 0.48

A00943 CD Holder - sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50A00942 CD Holder, self-adhesive (ADD) 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61A0082 USB Pocket, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50

Add-OnsA035 Poly Gauge .035 (ADD) 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47A055 Poly Gauge .055 (ADD) 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29A075 Poly Gauge .075*** (ADD) 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70

Box 4G Shipping Box 1"- 3" cap. Binders (ADD) 1.28 1.14 1.05 0.90 0.88 0.85A010 Sheet Lifters – Pair 2" - 1" cap (ADD) 0.47 0.46 0.44 0.38 0.38 0.36A011 Sheet Lifters – Pair 3" - 1 1/2" cap (ADD) 0.52 0.47 0.47 0.40 0.40 0.38A012 Sheet Lifters – 5" flat for D-ring (ADD) 0.52 0.47 0.47 0.40 0.40 0.38A013 Sheet Lifter – 11 x 8 1/2" sheet (ADD) 0.70 0.63 0.61 0.56 0.54 0.52

C *See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Recommended for .035 gauge. ***Limited colors available. +Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. For 4-color process, .055 gauge and tinted can only be printed digitally. Available colors for .075 gauge: White, Black, Natural, Par Blue, and Red in Matte finish.

Page 25: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

23

PAPER BINDERS

Paper binders are traditionally made out of 18 point white stock. Other paper stocks like 100% post consumer recycled paper or composition stock are readily available. These binders are perfect for short term presentation materials such as weekend seminars or training events.

Characteristics: • Can be offset printed, silk-screened, foil stamped, embossed or debossed • Offset printing is the most common decoration process and allows for finer detail than foil stamping or

silk-screening • Choose between gloss or matte laminate • Includes heavy-duty metal rings

Binder Tips: • Offset Printing This is a printing process in which the ink is transferred from a plate to a blanket which, in turn, does

the printing. This process allows printing of fine details such as photographs. The entire master sheet is printed at one time. This allows for multiple pieces to be printed at once.

Things to consider when preparing artwork for offset printing: • Halftones and screens should not be more than 90% in value or less than 10%. • Reversed art should be at least ½ point in thickness. Very fine lines will have a tendency to fill in

when printed. • Printing inks are not opaque. Light colors printed on dark paper can make color matching difficult.

The dark color of the paper will show through the ink. If a light color is desired on a dark paper stock, consider foil stamping instead of offset printing.

• Binder Size The size of the binder depends on the size of the sheet of paper it needs to hold. Paper sizes are

described as width by height. Binder sizes are described the opposite – height of the binding edge by width.

Each binder case has a different outside dimension depending on the binder case material, ring size, sheet size and style. Check with your sales associate.

Width

Height

Bin

din

g E

dg

e

Page 26: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

24

PAPER BINDERSHigh quality, soft cover Paper Binders are perfect for short term presentation materials such as media or promotion kits. A stunning binder can be created with a colorful design on the white cover. Binders can be printed, foil stamped or embossed.

11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size

Specifications:

• Rings available in 1⁄2", 3⁄4",1" and 1 1⁄2" capacities• Cover is 18 Pt. coated one side, laminated

1⁄2" Dimensions: • Cover width = 9 7⁄16", Spine = 13⁄16", Height = 11 1⁄2"3⁄4" Dimensions: • Cover width = 9 7⁄8", Spine = 15⁄16", Height = 11 3⁄8"1" Dimensions: • Cover width = 10 1⁄8", Spine = 1 1⁄2", Height = 11 1⁄2"1 1⁄2" Dimensions: • Cover width = 10 7⁄16", Spine = 2", Height = 11 1⁄2"

See page 78 for offset printing ink and foil colors.

Options:• Standard 2"x 4" window centered left to right 3" from

top can be added.• One or two pockets can be added.• Business card slits can be added to pockets

free of charge.

PAPER BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3 Metal Ring • Laminated 18 Pt. Coated One Side

PRODUCT CAPACITY 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA 101A 1/2"— No Decoration 2.46 1.93 1.51 1.48 1.44

PA 102A 3/4"— No Decoration 2.54 1.98 1.56 1.50 1.47

PA 103A 1"— No Decoration 2.64 2.06 1.60 1.55 1.54

PA 104A 1 1/2"— with ring protectors 2.88 2.27 1.80 1.74 1.70

Add-Ons

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.19 0.16

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.12 0.77 0.49 0.40 0.34

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.14 0.10

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.28 0.18

AC3 3-Color Printing (ADD) 2.95 1.38 0.74 0.42 0.28

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.56 0.43

A037 One Horizontal Pocket (ADD) 0.70 0.47 0.38 0.35 0.34

A038 Two Horizontal Pockets (ADD) 0.95 0.72 0.52 0.51 0.50

A041 2" x 4" Window on Cover (ADD) 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15

RIE Reinforced Edges (ADD) 0.89 0.82 0.71 0.69 0.67

MRP Ring Protectors (ADD) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

PAPB 20 Pt. Pressboard (ADD) 4.43 3.96 3.40 2.95 2.61*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

RING BINDERS WEIGHT SIZE* PER BOX PER BOX

1/2" 44 15 lbs.

1" 30 14 lbs.

11/2" 20 13 lbs.

*Round Ring

ECO OPTIONSAVAILABLE

Page 27: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Paper Binders

25

SMALL PAPER BINDERSSmall Paper Binders provide decoration flexibility and affordability in the junior sheet size. Paper Binders can be offset printed, foil stamped or embossed to create the perfect look.

Specifications:• 18 Pt. C1S gloss laminated cover• Heavy-duty 3 round ring metals

Product Uses• Membership or Association Directories• Hospital or Outpatient Guest Services

RECYCLED PAPER BINDERSRecycled Paper Binders are ideal for short-term presentations or media and promotional kits. These 100% post-consumer waste binders make a strong environment-friendly statement. Paper Binders can be offset printed, foil stamped or embossed.

Contains 100% post-consumer recycled content.

RECYCLED PAPER BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • 3 Metal Rings • 100# Smooth • Add-ons Page 24

PRODUCT CAPACITY 250 500 1000 2500 5000

RPA 101A 1/2" 3.51 2.76 2.16 2.07 1.95

RPA 102A 3/4" 3.62 2.83 2.23 2.10 2.05

RPA 103A 1" 3.77 2.95 2.30 2.16 2.11

RPA 104A 1 1/2" w/ ring protectors 4.12 3.24 2.56 2.43 2.38C

SMALL PAPER BINDERS 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3 Metal Ring • Laminated 18 Pt. Coated One Side • Add-Ons Page 24

PRODUCT CAPACITY 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA101B 1/2" 2.70 2.12 1.66 1.63 1.59

PA102B 3/4" 2.79 2.18 1.71 1.67 1.65

PA103B 1" 2.90 2.26 1.77 1.71 1.69

PA104B 1 1/2" w/ ring protectors 3.18 2.49 1.98 1.92 1.90C

SMALL PAPER BINDERS 9 1⁄2" x 6" Sheet Size • 3 Metal Ring • Laminated 18 Pt. Coated One Side • Add-Ons Page 24

PRODUCT CAPACITY 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA101C 1/2" 2.97 2.34 1.83 1.79 1.74

PA102C 3/4" 3.06 2.40 1.90 1.84 1.82

PA103C 1" 3.19 2.49 1.94 1.90 1.89

PA104C 1 1/2" w/ ring protectors 3.49 2.75 2.13 2.10 2.09C

Page 28: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

26

15 PT. COMPOSITION REGENCY BINDERSComposition Binders (also known as Regency or Lexide) provide a premium and high-end look to paper-based binders. Great for short term projects and presentations. Composition Binders can be silk-screened, foil stamped or debossed.

Colors Available:

WRAPAROUND PAPER BINDERSWraparound Paper Binders keep documents safe and secure. These binders can be customized with offset printing or foil stamping. Ideal for sales meetings, conferences or any short-term use.

Specifications:• Printed on white 18 Pt. C1S with gloss laminate on 1-side• Includes 1 Velcro closure on flap• Optional pockets available

• Black• Navy

• Maroon• Dark Green

15 PT. COMPOSITION REGENCY BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 15 Pt. Composition • 3 Metal Rings • No Decoration

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA101L_2284 1/2" 5.41 4.27 3.78 3.58 3.32 3.27 3.17

PA102L 3/4" 5.41 4.27 3.78 3.58 3.32 3.27 3.17

PA103L 1" 6.02 4.62 4.14 3.89 3.56 3.50 3.45

PA104L 1 1/2" 6.49 4.93 4.63 4.18 3.86 3.82 3.76

Add-Ons

P30C 30 Pt. Composition (ADD) 4.82 4.37 4.10 3.38 3.01 2.97 2.90

M11 Metal Ring Protectors (ADD) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.15 1.05 0.73 0.48 0.32 0.26 0.20

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 3.94 2.16 1.45 1.00 0.64 0.50 0.42

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.86 1.54 0.61 0.38 0.28 0.20 0.18

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 5.99 3.24 1.30 0.84 0.58 0.45 0.44

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 9.03 4.85 1.96 1.26 0.87 0.66 0.64

A037 One Horizontal Pocket (ADD) 0.94 0.72 0.55 0.54 0.51 0.50 0.49

A038 Two Horizontal Pockets (ADD) 1.05 0.82 0.64 0.63 0.59 0.56 0.54*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

WRAPAROUND PAPER BINDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 3 Round Rings • No Decoration

PRODUCT CAPACITY 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA 101W_4467 1/2" 3.39 2.78 2.26 2.19 2.15

PA 103W 1" 3.56 2.90 2.34 2.28 2.24

PA 104W 1 1/2" 3.81 3.11 2.53 2.46 2.42

Add-Ons

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.19 0.16

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.12 0.77 0.49 0.40 0.34

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.14 0.10

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.28 0.18

AC3 3-Color Printing (ADD) 2.95 1.38 0.74 0.42 0.28

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.56 0.43*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

Page 29: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

27

INDEX TABS

Cut, Set, Bank • Cut is the tab’s proportion of a sheet. A 1/8 cut tab on an 11" x 8-1⁄2" sheet size means that eight tabs will

fit along the length of the 11” edge.

• Set is a complete group of tabs. It is all of the index tabs from the first tab to the last. As shown in Diagram 1, if a sales kit has 8 tabs, each sale kit will get a tab set that will include all 8 tabs.

• Bank is a group of consecutive tabs that makes up the length of the sheet. Diagram 2 above shows a set of 2 banks of index tabs.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Meeting Minutes and Reports

1/8 Cut Tabs

Dia

gra

m 1

Dia

gra

m 2

8 tabs in a set - 1/5 Cut - 1st bank with 5 tabs, 2nd bank with 3 tabs

Page 30: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Index Tabs

28

CUSTOM PAPER INDEX TABSIndex Tabs add a professional finish to binder contents. The indexes make it easy for readers to quickly page to a particular section. Mylar coating on the tabs helps protect the tabs from wear and makes them rigid for easy flipping.

Options:• Paper Stocks: Optional colors in 90# stock are Blue,

Canary, Cherry, Green, Gray, Buff, Salmon and 110# white index

• Colored Mylar tab covering• Special ink colors can be matched• Printing on the body of the tab• Reverse printing on tabs• Shrink wrapping of tab sets• Tabs collated and inserted

MYLAR COLORS

315Lt. Yellow

305Yellow

515Amber

505Orange

415Lt. Blue

605Dk. Green

615Lt. Green

625Md. Green

705Pink

205Red

915Brown

115Gray

405Dk. Blue

805Purple

425Md. Blue

48 Hour Express

Shipment Available

Orders in by noon, central time, are shipped out within two working days GUARANTEED for quantities under 5,000 tabs with pre-approved credit or cash with order and after proof approval.

Sheet Sizes: 11" x 8 1⁄2", 9 1⁄2" x 6", 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2"

Specifications:• Tab copy typesetting included

• Tab extends 1⁄2" from sheet edge

• 90# white index only with square corners

• Tabs printed two sides in black ink only

• Sheets come with three 5⁄16" diameter round holes and a 9⁄16" reinforced binding edge

• Tabs are covered with clear or colored Mylar

• Tabs are packaged uncollated

• No body copy printing for 48 hour express shipment

Sheet Sizes: 11" x 8 1⁄2", 9 1⁄2" x 6", 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2", 8 1⁄2" X 11"

Specifications:• Tab copy typesetting included

• Tab extends 1⁄4", 3⁄8", or 1⁄2" from sheet edge

• Standard stock is 90# white or buff index paper

• Sheets have square corners

• Tabs printed two sides in black ink

• Sheets come with three 5⁄16" diameter round holes and a 9⁄16" reinforced binding edge

• Tabs are covered with clear or colored Mylar

• T abs are packaged uncollated, 1500 sheets in a 30 lb. box.

StandardDelivery

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 31: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Index Tabs

29

PAPER INDEX TAB BASICSTab Copy Styles

The amount of copy to appear on each tab, as well as the way in which the binder contents will be used, helps to determine which tab copy style works best. For example, use one of the hanger tab styles F or G for easel or platform binders. For very short copy, such as a letter or a number, consider using Style B.

A B C I

F

G

CUSTOM PAPER INDEX TABS 11" x 8 1⁄2" plus 1⁄2" tab extension

PRODUCT TABS/SET 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 375 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 5000

CIND01 1 * * * 1.04 0.87 0.79 0.74 0.57 0.45 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.26 0.21 0.14

CIND02 2 * 2.41 1.59 1.26 1.09 0.96 0.87 0.70 0.67 0.47 0.44 0.41 0.35 0.34 0.23

CIND03 3 * 2.80 1.86 1.49 1.28 1.15 1.06 0.81 0.75 0.65 0.57 0.55 0.50 0.44 0.34

CIND04 4 4.67 2.81 1.93 1.54 1.37 1.20 1.09 0.86 0.78 0.68 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.49 0.39

CIND05 5 5.12 3.15 2.21 1.77 1.54 1.39 1.20 0.99 0.92 0.76 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.49

CIND06 6 5.55 3.45 2.48 1.96 1.75 1.54 1.37 1.12 1.00 0.89 0.84 0.82 0.74 0.72 0.59

CIND07 7 6.05 3.78 2.75 2.17 1.90 1.70 1.47 1.20 1.12 1.01 0.96 0.93 0.86 0.84 0.64

CIND08 8 6.49 4.09 3.01 2.39 2.11 1.86 1.62 1.35 1.20 1.10 1.08 1.06 0.96 0.95 0.74

CIND09 9 6.97 4.40 3.28 2.62 2.29 2.00 1.77 1.45 1.35 1.20 1.16 1.11 1.06 1.05 0.81

CIND10 10 7.43 4.71 3.55 2.83 2.48 2.17 1.89 1.59 1.43 1.33 1.31 1.23 1.16 1.13 0.91

CIND11 11 7.90 5.06 3.81 3.03 2.67 2.34 2.01 1.70 1.54 1.41 1.35 1.33 1.29 1.27 1.00

CIND12 12 8.27 5.37 4.09 3.26 2.85 2.50 2.16 1.82 1.64 1.52 1.45 1.42 1.37 1.35 1.07

CIND13 13 8.74 5.70 4.37 3.47 3.03 2.67 2.29 1.90 1.77 1.62 1.54 1.52 1.48 1.45 1.16

CIND14 14 9.17 6.00 4.61 3.69 3.24 2.83 2.44 2.01 1.86 1.70 1.66 1.64 1.58 1.54 1.22

CIND15 15 9.61 6.33 4.89 3.89 3.43 2.98 2.58 2.15 1.96 1.80 1.76 1.73 1.68 1.66 1.33

CIND16 16 10.09 6.66 5.15 4.12 3.62 3.15 2.69 2.24 2.10 1.90 1.84 1.82 1.79 1.76 1.42

CIND17 17 10.56 6.96 5.41 4.31 3.78 3.30 2.81 2.34 2.11 2.01 1.97 1.95 1.90 1.84 1.50

CIND18 18 11.01 7.27 5.70 4.54 3.99 3.47 2.96 2.47 2.23 2.11 2.05 2.04 1.99 1.97 1.60

CIND19 19 11.48 7.62 5.96 4.78 4.17 3.64 3.09 2.49 2.32 2.20 2.15 2.13 2.08 2.05 1.69

CIND20 20 11.97 7.95 6.22 4.97 4.37 3.78 3.24 2.59 2.44 2.32 2.26 2.22 2.17 2.15 1.79

CINDMS ** 0.38 0.24 0.19 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.07*$50 minimum order. **Add per tab for more than 20 tabs per set. C

CUSTOM PAPER INDEX TAB OPTIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ADDITIONAL COST

CIND110 110# white index (Add per 1000 sheets) 21.00

CIND90 90# colored stock (Add per 1000 sheets) 21.00

CCOLL Collating (Add per 1000 sheets) 13.50

CPNCH 2,4,5,7 holes or plastic comb punching (Add per 1000 sheets) 13.50

CPKT 4" horizontal pocket, 1-side (Per sheet) 1.15

CMYLR Colored Mylar (Add per 1000 sheets) 7.25

CINKC Special ink color (Flat charge per color) 53.33

CSHRK Shrink wrap (Per set) 0.25

CBODY Body printing—line art, 1-color/1-side (Per page) 36.67

CINST Insertion into binder (Per set) 0.35

CREVS Reverse printing on tabs—1-side (Flat charge) 36.67

WMAR Clear writable Mylar (ADD per 1000 sheets) 7.25

BOX Carton boxing (5 boxes per carton, 250 tabs per box) 10.50 per cartonC

Page 32: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Index Tabs

30

CUSTOM POLY INDEX TABSPolyethylene tabs repel moisture and also are easily cleaned which makes them perfect for workshop or lab area usage. These tabs will sustain frequent handling without showing wear.

See page 88-89 for poly and silk-screening ink colors.

Sheet Sizes: 11" x 8 1⁄2", 9 1⁄2" x 6", 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2", 8 1⁄2" x 11"

Specifications:• No charge for tab copy typesetting • Tab extends 1⁄2" from sheet edge• .016 gauge polyethylene sheets with square corners• Tabs printed one side• 2 or 3 hole punched • Choose from the .016 gauge poly colors as shown below• Tabs are packaged uncollated

Options:• Custom sizes are available• Poly color change within set• Silk-screening ink color change within set• Printing on the body of the tab• Four Color Process Printing• Tab sets collated for easy insertion into binders • Insertion of tabs into the binders

Product Uses:• Doctor Offices/Hospitals• Workshops• Lab Areas• Delivery Trucks/Vans

SOFT MATTE POLY COLORS – .016 GAUGE

184White

00Natural

777Par

Blue

081Ivory

562Beige

078BrightYellow

102Bright

Orange

489Red

359Maroon

017Azure

133Blue

048LightGray

062 Gray

50Light

Brown

723Black

784Emerald

Contains 15% - 30% post-industrial content

Purple GreenOrange Red YellowGray Blue

Tinted Matte Polypropylene

ECO OPTIONSAVAILABLE

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 33: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Index Tabs

31

CUSTOM POLY INDEX TABS 11" x 8 1⁄2" plus 1⁄2" Tab Extension

POLY INDEX TAB BASICSTab Copy Styles

The amount of copy to appear on each tab, as well as the way in which the binder contents will be used, helps to determine which tab copy style works best. For example, use one of the hanger tab styles F or G for easel or platform binders. For very short copy, such as a letter or a number, consider using Style B.

A B C I

F

G

PRODUCT TABS/SET 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 375 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 5000

PCIND01 1 18.26 9.11 6.02 4.53 3.15 2.47 2.01 1.53 1.30 1.01 0.90 0.71 0.61 0.54 0.50

PCIND02 2 19.40 10.17 7.05 5.49 4.06 3.31 2.85 2.34 2.06 1.72 1.46 1.22 1.13 1.01 0.91

PCIND03 3 20.56 11.24 8.07 6.41 4.93 4.18 3.66 3.13 2.47 2.14 2.00 1.79 1.63 1.48 1.33

PCIND04 4 21.69 12.30 9.05 7.37 5.85 5.04 4.49 3.28 3.03 2.66 2.50 2.37 2.11 1.90 1.72

PCIND05 5 22.82 13.35 10.08 8.33 6.75 5.85 4.83 3.93 3.62 3.27 3.21 2.96 2.53 2.31 2.16

PCIND06 6 23.94 14.97 11.07 9.26 7.64 6.71 5.59 4.59 4.28 3.85 3.51 3.40 3.04 2.74 2.62

PCIND07 7 25.12 15.48 12.07 10.20 8.54 7.58 6.30 5.25 4.88 4.43 4.05 3.77 3.41 3.19 3.04

PCIND08 8 27.41 17.09 13.43 11.42 9.59 8.54 7.11 5.96 5.54 5.05 4.62 4.28 3.87 3.66 3.46

PCIND09 9 29.70 18.74 14.78 12.58 10.64 9.50 7.95 6.65 6.24 5.66 5.20 4.68 4.36 4.10 3.90

PCIND10 10 32.00 20.37 16.10 13.78 11.69 10.47 8.77 7.37 6.89 6.29 5.79 5.16 4.84 4.56 4.33

PCIND11 11 34.33 21.98 17.45 14.96 12.74 11.45 9.59 8.07 7.58 6.89 6.35 5.67 5.33 5.01 4.74

PCIND12 12 36.63 26.29 18.80 16.19 13.81 11.99 10.42 8.77 8.23 7.48 6.72 6.20 5.79 5.45 5.19

PCIND13 13 38.93 26.78 20.15 17.34 14.83 12.40 11.21 9.45 8.88 8.11 7.26 6.71 6.26 5.90 5.62

PCIND14 14 41.22 27.36 21.48 18.54 15.90 14.32 12.03 10.17 9.55 8.72 7.82 7.15 6.74 6.36 6.04

PCIND15 15 43.55 28.40 22.84 19.73 16.96 15.29 12.87 10.86 10.20 9.08 8.37 7.72 7.23 6.82 6.48

PCIND16 16 45.83 30.00 24.20 20.93 18.01 16.24 13.68 11.55 10.89 9.65 8.90 8.21 7.72 7.26 6.90

PCIND17 17 48.14 31.61 25.53 22.10 19.06 17.19 14.48 12.26 11.21 10.23 9.46 8.74 8.20 7.72 7.33

PCIND18 18 50.44 33.24 26.90 23.29 20.10 18.16 15.31 12.95 11.83 11.11 10.00 9.27 8.65 8.16 7.77

PCIND19 19 52.76 34.85 28.23 24.50 21.18 19.12 16.14 13.28 12.51 11.42 10.55 9.78 9.13 8.61 8.20

PCIND20 20 55.07 36.45 29.56 25.69 22.21 20.07 16.96 13.94 13.13 12.03 11.11 10.30 9.61 9.08 8.61

PCINDMS *** 1.50 1.06 0.92 0.79 0.68 0.64 0.55 0.43 0.42 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.27 0.27

***Add per tab over 20 tabs. C

CUSTOM POLY INDEX TAB OPTIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ADDITIONAL COST

PCOLL Collating (Add per 1000 sheets) 36.75

PPNCH 2,4,5,7 holes or plastic comb punching (Add per 1000 sheets) 36.75

POLY Poly color change (Per color change) 26.67

PINKC Ink color change (Per color change) 61.67

PBODY Body printing—line art, 1-color 1-side (Per page) 125.00

PINST Insertion into binder (Per set) 0.35

AS2I 2nd color Silk-screen (Per tab) 0.12

AO23I Poly gauge .023 (Add per tab)* 0.20

APT Tinted Polypropylene (Per tab)* 0.21

*See Page 30 for Poly Colors C

Page 34: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Index Tabs

32

4-COLOR PROCESS INDEX TABSLiven up book text with 4-Color Process Index Tabs. These tabs are functional like typical index tabs but with added graphics and fine reprographics. All tabs include clear mylar and reinforced binding strip.

4-COLOR PROCESS INDEX TAB OPTIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ADDITIONAL COST

CIND12 12 Pt. C1S Stock (Add per tab) 0.08

CIND10 10 Pt. C1S Stock (Add per tab) 0.04

CIND110 110# white index (Add per 1000 sheets) 21.00

CPRT Back Side Printing (Each Tab) 0.26

CREVS Reverse Printing on Tabs - 1 side (Flat charge) 36.67

LAM1 Gloss Lamination - 1 side (Add per tab) 0.16

LAM2 Gloss Lamination - 2 sides (Add per tab) 0.37

CCOLL Collating (Add per 1000 sheets) 13.50

CPNCH 2, 4, 5, 7 holes or GBC punching (Add per 1000 sheets) 13.50

CMYLR Colored Mylar (Add per 1000 sheets) 7.25

WMAR Clear Writable Mylar (Add per 1000 sheets) 7.25

CSHRK Shrink Wrap (Per set) 0.25

CINST Inserting into Binder or Text Printing (Per set) 0.35

BOX Carton Boxing (5 boxes per carton, 250 tabs per box) 10.50 per cartonC

4 COLOR PROCESS INDEX TABS 90# White Index • 11" x 8 1⁄2" plus 1⁄2" tab extension

PRODUCT TABS/SET 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 375 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 5000

CIND01 1 * * * 1.31 1.14 1.06 1.00 0.84 0.66 0.56 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.41 0.33

CIND02 2 * 2.96 2.14 1.80 1.63 1.49 1.41 1.24 1.10 0.90 0.86 0.79 0.72 0.72 0.61

CIND03 3 * 3.62 2.68 2.30 2.09 1.97 1.87 1.62 1.40 1.29 1.20 1.11 1.07 1.00 0.91

CIND04 4 5.75 3.89 3.01 2.62 2.45 2.28 2.18 1.95 1.65 1.50 1.48 1.37 1.35 1.26 1.15

CIND05 5 6.48 4.50 3.56 3.12 2.89 2.75 2.56 2.34 2.00 1.81 1.80 1.65 1.60 1.57 1.43

CIND06 6 7.17 5.08 4.11 3.59 3.38 3.17 3.00 2.75 2.30 2.15 2.10 1.96 1.88 1.86 1.72

CIND07 7 7.94 5.67 4.64 4.07 3.81 3.60 3.38 3.10 2.63 2.48 2.43 2.26 2.18 2.16 1.97

CIND08 8 8.66 6.26 5.18 4.56 4.28 4.03 3.79 3.51 2.93 2.79 2.77 2.58 2.48 2.46 2.26

CIND09 9 9.42 6.84 5.72 5.06 4.73 4.44 4.21 3.89 3.29 3.09 3.06 2.82 2.77 2.77 2.51

CIND10 10 10.14 7.43 6.25 5.54 5.20 4.88 4.61 4.30 3.60 3.43 3.41 3.13 3.06 3.03 2.80

CIND11 11 10.88 8.04 6.80 6.02 5.65 5.32 5.00 4.69 3.92 3.72 3.66 3.41 3.37 3.35 3.08

CIND12 12 11.52 8.62 7.34 6.51 6.11 5.75 5.42 5.07 4.25 4.05 3.97 3.69 3.64 3.62 3.35

CIND13 13 12.27 9.23 7.89 7.00 6.55 6.20 5.82 5.43 4.59 4.37 4.28 3.99 3.95 3.91 3.62

CIND14 14 12.97 9.78 8.41 7.49 7.04 6.63 6.24 5.81 4.90 4.65 4.60 4.30 4.23 4.19 3.88

CIND15 15 13.69 10.40 8.96 7.96 7.49 7.05 6.64 6.21 5.21 4.95 4.91 4.58 4.53 4.50 4.17

CIND16 16 14.43 10.99 9.50 8.46 7.95 7.48 7.03 6.57 5.56 5.27 5.20 4.85 4.82 4.79 4.45

CIND17 17 15.17 11.57 10.03 8.92 8.38 7.91 7.42 6.94 5.81 5.59 5.54 5.17 5.12 5.06 4.71

CIND18 18 15.90 12.15 10.58 9.43 8.87 8.35 7.84 7.35 6.13 5.90 5.84 5.45 5.40 5.38 5.01

CIND19 19 16.62 12.77 11.12 9.93 9.32 8.78 8.25 7.65 6.45 6.20 6.15 5.72 5.67 5.65 5.30

CIND20 20 17.40 13.37 11.65 10.38 9.78 9.20 8.67 8.02 6.79 6.53 6.47 6.01 5.96 5.94 5.57

CINDMS ** 6.07 1.76 0.62 0.32 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.14 0.13 0.10 0.09 0.09*$50 minimum order. **Add per tab for more than 20 tabs per set. Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

Options• Lamination – 1-side or 2-sides• Color Mylar• Tabs Collated and Inserted

Specifications• 90# Index White• 4-Color Process - 1 side only

Page 35: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Index Tabs

33

Index Tabs

FOIL STAMPED INDEX TABSAdd class and luxury to functional index tabs! Elevate the presentation by stamping on colored linen or thicker paper stock.

Options:• Colored Paper Stock• Standard Foil Colors: Gold, Silver, Red, Blue,

White and Black

FOIL STAMPED INDEX TABS 80# White Linen • 11" x 8 1⁄2" plus 1⁄2" tab extension

PRODUCT TABS/SET 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 375 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 5000

CIND01 1 * * * 1.20 0.99 0.90 0.83 0.64 0.50 0.40 0.39 0.36 0.30 0.24 0.16

CIND02 2 * 2.76 1.82 1.44 1.25 1.09 0.99 0.80 0.77 0.54 0.50 0.46 0.40 0.39 0.28

CIND03 3 * 3.20 2.14 1.71 1.46 1.31 1.22 0.93 0.86 0.74 0.65 0.63 0.57 0.50 0.39

CIND04 4 5.93 3.57 2.44 1.96 1.74 1.53 1.39 1.09 0.99 0.84 0.81 0.78 0.74 0.63 0.50

CIND05 5 6.50 3.99 2.80 2.24 1.96 1.77 1.53 1.25 1.17 0.96 0.94 0.90 0.84 0.79 0.61

CIND06 6 7.05 4.38 3.16 2.49 2.22 1.96 1.75 1.41 1.27 1.13 1.06 1.04 0.94 0.92 0.74

CIND07 7 7.68 4.80 3.48 2.76 2.42 2.17 1.87 1.53 1.41 1.28 1.21 1.18 1.09 1.06 0.83

CIND08 8 8.21 5.20 3.81 3.04 2.68 2.37 2.05 1.71 1.53 1.40 1.37 1.36 1.22 1.20 0.94

CIND09 9 8.86 5.59 4.17 3.32 2.91 2.55 2.24 1.84 1.70 1.52 1.48 1.41 1.36 1.34 1.03

CIND10 10 9.44 5.99 4.50 3.59 3.16 2.76 2.41 2.02 1.82 1.69 1.66 1.57 1.48 1.44 1.14

CIND11 11 10.03 6.43 4.84 3.85 3.39 2.97 2.56 2.17 1.96 1.79 1.71 1.68 1.63 1.60 1.27

CIND12 12 10.50 6.82 5.20 4.13 3.63 3.18 2.75 2.30 2.08 1.94 1.84 1.81 1.74 1.71 1.37

CIND13 13 11.10 7.24 5.54 4.41 3.85 3.39 2.91 2.42 2.24 2.07 1.96 1.94 1.89 1.84 1.47

CIND14 14 11.65 7.61 5.86 4.68 4.11 3.59 3.10 2.56 2.37 2.16 2.11 2.09 2.01 1.96 1.56

CIND15 15 12.21 8.05 6.22 4.94 4.36 3.78 3.27 2.72 2.48 2.29 2.22 2.20 2.14 2.11 1.68

CIND16 16 12.81 8.46 6.54 5.23 4.60 4.00 3.41 2.84 2.66 2.41 2.34 2.31 2.28 2.22 1.81

CIND17 17 13.41 8.85 6.87 5.48 4.80 4.20 3.57 2.97 2.69 2.55 2.50 2.48 2.41 2.34 1.91

CIND18 18 13.99 9.24 7.24 5.76 5.06 4.41 3.76 3.13 2.83 2.68 2.61 2.58 2.53 2.50 2.03

CIND19 19 14.57 9.67 7.57 6.07 5.29 4.62 3.92 3.17 2.96 2.81 2.73 2.70 2.64 2.61 2.15

CIND20 20 15.20 10.13 7.90 6.30 5.54 4.80 4.11 3.29 3.10 2.94 2.87 2.83 2.76 2.73 2.27

CINDMS ** 0.47 0.31 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.17 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.13 0.08 0.08 0.08*$50 minimum order. **Add per tab for more than 20 tabs per set. See Inside Back Cover for Die Charges. C

FOIL STAMPED INDEX TAB OPTIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ADDITIONAL COST

CIND110 110# white index (Add per 1000 sheets) 21.00

CIND90 90# colored stock (Add per 1000 sheets) 21.00

CLIN 80# colored linen (Add per tab) 0.26

CPRT Second Side Foil (Each Tab) 0.08

CCOLL Collating (Add per 1000 sheets) 13.50

CPNCH 2, 4, 5, 7 holes or GBC punching (Add per 1000 sheets) 13.50

CMYLR Colored Mylar (Add per 1000 sheets) 7.25

WMAR Clear Writable Mylar (Add per 1000 sheets) 7.25

CSHRK Shrink Wrap (Per set) 0.25

CREI Reinforcing (Add per tab) 0.25

CINST Inserting into Binder or Text Printing (Per set) 0.35

BOX Carton Boxing (5 boxes per carton, 250 tabs per box) 10.50 per cartonC

Page 36: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

Index Tabs

34

CUSTOM LEGAL PAPER INDEX TABSLegal sized index tabs provide functionality and practicality. The indexes make it easier to locate information.

Specifications:• Tab copy typesetting included• Tabs printed two sides in black ink• Tabs are covered with clear mylar• Standard stock is 90# white or buff index paper

COPY TABS 11"x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size (+ 1⁄2" Tab Extension) • White 90# Index Square Corners • 1⁄5 Cut • 1250 Sheets Per Carton

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 1-9 CTNS. 10-19 CTNS 20-39 CTNS. 40+ CTNS

WDR-5 Double Reverse Plain 84.14 77.27 69.96 65.79

WSR-4 Single Reverse Plain 84.14 77.27 69.96 65.79

WSS-5 Single Straight Plain 84.14 77.27 69.96 65.79

C

COPY INDEX SETSChoose from 3 commonly used tab sets. Quality 90# white index stock with a reinforced binding edge.

LEGAL PAPER INDEX TABS 14" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size plus 1⁄2" tab ext. • 90# White or Buff Index • Add-ons Page 29

PRODUCT TABS/SET 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 375 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 5000

CIND01D 1 * * * 1.33 1.10 1.01 0.93 0.72 0.57 0.45 0.43 0.40 0.33 0.28 0.17

CIND02D 2 * 3.06 2.02 1.60 1.39 1.21 1.10 0.89 0.86 0.60 0.55 0.51 0.45 0.43 0.31

CIND03D 3 * 3.56 2.37 1.90 1.62 1.46 1.36 1.03 0.96 0.84 0.72 0.69 0.64 0.55 0.43

CIND04D 4 6.60 3.97 2.71 2.17 1.93 1.69 1.55 1.21 1.10 0.93 0.90 0.87 0.84 0.69 0.55

CIND05D 5 7.23 4.43 3.11 2.49 2.17 1.96 1.70 1.39 1.29 1.07 1.04 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.68

CIND06D 6 7.84 4.87 3.50 2.77 2.46 2.17 1.94 1.57 1.41 1.26 1.17 1.15 1.04 1.02 0.84

CIND07D 7 8.53 5.32 3.87 3.06 2.69 2.40 2.08 1.70 1.57 1.42 1.35 1.32 1.21 1.17 0.92

CIND08D 8 9.12 5.78 4.23 3.38 2.99 2.63 2.28 1.90 1.70 1.55 1.52 1.51 1.36 1.34 1.04

CIND09D 9 9.84 6.22 4.63 3.69 3.24 2.83 2.49 2.05 1.89 1.69 1.65 1.56 1.51 1.49 1.14

CIND10D 10 10.49 6.66 5.00 3.99 3.50 3.06 2.68 2.25 2.02 1.88 1.85 1.74 1.65 1.60 1.28

CINDMSD ** 0.53 0.34 0.26 0.22 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.16 0.14 0.14 0.09 0.09 0.09*$50 minimum order. **Add per tab for more than 15 tabs per set. C

TABLOID PAPER INDEX TABS 11" x 17" Sheet Size plus 1⁄2" tab ext. • 90# White or Buff Index • Add-ons Page 29

PRODUCT TABS/SET 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 375 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 5000

CIND01F 1 * * * 1.66 1.38 1.26 1.16 0.89 0.71 0.56 0.54 0.50 0.41 0.34 0.22

CIND02F 2 * 3.83 2.52 2.00 1.74 1.51 1.38 1.12 1.08 0.75 0.69 0.64 0.56 0.54 0.38

CIND03F 3 * 4.44 2.96 2.38 2.03 1.83 1.70 1.29 1.20 1.05 0.91 0.87 0.80 0.69 0.54

CIND04F 4 8.24 4.96 3.39 2.71 2.41 2.12 1.93 1.51 1.38 1.16 1.12 1.08 1.05 0.87 0.69

CIND05F 5 9.03 5.54 3.89 3.12 2.71 2.45 2.13 1.74 1.62 1.34 1.30 1.25 1.16 1.10 0.85

CIND06F 6 9.80 6.09 4.38 3.46 3.08 2.71 2.42 1.96 1.76 1.57 1.47 1.44 1.30 1.28 1.05

CIND07F 7 10.66 6.65 4.84 3.83 3.37 3.00 2.60 2.13 1.96 1.77 1.68 1.65 1.52 1.47 1.15

CIND08F 8 11.40 7.22 5.29 4.22 3.73 3.29 2.85 2.38 2.13 1.94 1.90 1.89 1.70 1.67 1.30

CIND09F 9 12.29 7.77 5.79 4.62 4.05 3.54 3.12 2.56 2.37 2.12 2.07 1.95 1.89 1.86 1.43

CIND10F 10 13.11 8.32 6.25 4.98 4.38 3.83 3.35 2.81 2.52 2.35 2.31 2.18 2.07 2.00 1.59*$50 minimum order. **Add per tab for more than 15 tabs per set. C

IN STOCK&

READY TOSHIP!

Page 37: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

35

PRESENTATION FOLDERS

There are a wide range of options for custom presentation folders. Different sizes, paper stocks and decoration options make it possible to create a unique and attractive folder that makes a great impression.

How to order a Presentation Folder • Choose a style There are a wide variety of dies to choose from to construct a presentation folder. Die-cutting is when a

bigger sheet is cut with a machine to the desired shape. After the material has been die cut it is folded into place. Paper presentation folder pockets are held in place with glue. Poly presentation folder pockets can either be sonic welded for a permanent hold or tucked into place.

• Choose a material Presentation folders can be constructed from paper or poly. Paper presentation folders are the most

common and economical. Poly pocket folders are liquid resistant, durable and resilient. Presentation folders constructed from poly thrive in hospital, medical environments or the education setting.

• Choose the decoration When deciding on the decoration process, the material and artwork needs to be considered. Paper

presentation folders can be offset printed, foil stamped and/or embossed. Poly pocket folders should be silk-screened.

• Offset Printing is where ink is transferred from a plate to a blanket which in turn does the printing. This process allows for fine graphic detail.

• Foil Stamping is the process of applying heat and pressure to a metal die to transfer foil onto the material’s surface. It provides a metallic or shiny look that cannot be reproduced with offset printing.

• Embossing also uses the process of heat and pressure to press a metal die onto the paper surface. The die is pressed into the underside of the material to raise the artwork. This process provides a textured look and feel.

• Silk-screening is started by creating a screen which the non-printing areas are blocked off by a stencil. Printing is done by applying ink to the screen, forcing it through the fine mesh opening on the poly surface.

POLYETHYLENE COLORS

184White

00Natural

777Par

Blue

081Ivory

562Beige

078BrightYellow

102Bright

Orange

489Red

359Maroon

017Azure

133Blue

048LightGray

062 Gray

50Light

Brown

723Black

784Emerald

PAPER COLORS

2-pocket Tri-Fold Jr. Size

Leatherette 80# Cover

White Ivory NavyRed

Smooth 100# Cover

White Haute Red

MidnightBlue

BlackEmeraldGreen

Felt 80# Cover

White Ash Red Dk Green Dk Blue Black

Linen 80# Cover

Linen 100# Cover

White

White

Natural

Natural

Gray Fiber

Gray Red Midnight Blue

Midnight Blue

Burgundy

Burgundy

Black

Black

Emerald Green

Emerald Green

Emperor Gray

PersianBlue

White Blue

Vertical 80# Cover

Maroon Green Blue Black

Composition (Regency/Lexide) 15 Pt. Cover

Smooth 80# Cover

White Natural Sky (Gray) Black KraftRed Light Blue

Smooth 65# Cover

Black

Page 38: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

36

Presentation FoldersCUSTOM PRESENTATION FOLDERS Custom Presentation Folders add an extra professional touch. The quality 12 Pt. white gloss or linen folder stock can be color printed, foil stamped or embossed. Add business card slits, removable Rolodex cards or a tab on the edge of a folder. Choose from letter or legal size folders.See pages 88-89 for paper stocks, foil colors and offset printing ink colors.

Paper Stocks Available:• 12 Pt. White C1S High Gloss Cast Coat• 12 Pt. White C1S • Linen-White/Natural• Leatherette-White/Natural• Felt*-White/Natural• Smooth-White/Natural• Verticals*• Composition*• Colored stock*

* Extra charges apply, paper colors on page 89. Folders packed 175 to a box. Approximate weight is 20-Lbs.

PA 100A Flap Pockets117/8" x 9 3/8"

with 4 3/16" pockets

PA 200A Tuck ‘N’ Fold PocketsShipped Flat — Not Glued

117/8" x 9 3/8"with 4 3/16" pockets

PA 300A Glued Pockets11 7/8" x 9 3/8" with 4 3/16"

pockets

PA 301A Glued Pockets12"x 9"

with 4" pockets

PA 400A Single Glued Pocket

117/8" x 9 3/8" with 4 3/16" pocket

PA 401A Horizontal Pocket Glued Pockets

11 1/2" x 9"with 4 7/8" horizontal pocket

and 4" vertical pocket

PA 500A Perforated Rotary Card

Glued Pockets11 7/8" x 9 3/8"

with 4 3/16" pockets

PA 500A2359 PerforatedDouble Rotary Cards

Glued Pockets11 7/8" x 9 3/8"

with 4 3/16" pockets

PA 600A Reinforced Index Edge

12" x 9" + 3/4"

PA 605A Reinforced Edges

12" x 9"

PA 700A 1/3 Cut File TabFlap Pockets

11 7/8" x 9 3/8" with 4 3/16" pockets

PA 800A Box Back 1/2" Spine capacity

12" x 9"with 4" pockets

1/4" box glued pockets

PA 900A 1/3 Cut File TabGlued Pockets11 7/8" x 9 3/8"

with 4 3/16" pockets

PA 3012046 12" x 9"

PA 8002957 12" x 9 1/2"

1/2" Spine capacitywith 4" pockets

1/4" expansion pockets

FOLDER OPTIONS

Butterfly Two Corners Four Corners

STANDARD BUSINESS CARD SLIT OPTIONS

ECO OPTIONSAVAILABLE

Page 39: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

37

Presentation Folders

CUSTOM PAPER PRESENTATION FOLDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PA100A Flap Pockets 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA200A Tuck 'N' Fold Pockets 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA300A Glued Pockets 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA301A 12" x 9" Glued Pocket 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA400A Single Glued Pocket 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA401A Vertical/Horizontal Pocket 3.26 1.70 1.36 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.87 0.84 0.81

PA500A Perforated Rotary Card 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA500A2359 Perforated Double Rotary Card 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA600A Reinforced Index Edge 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA605A Reinforced 12" x 9" Edges 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA700A 1/3 Cut File 2nd Position 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA800A Box Back w/Box Pockets 3.26 1.70 1.36 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.87 0.84 0.73

PA900A 1/3 Cut File 1st Position 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA3012046 Diagonal Pockets 3.26 1.70 1.36 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.87 0.84 0.81

PA8002957 Expandable Pocket Box Back 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56C

CUSTOM PAPER PRESENTATION FOLDERS ACCESSORIES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp * (ADD) 1.16 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp * (ADD) 2.31 1.10 0.76 0.48 0.47 0.39 0.38 0.35 0.33

ABE1 1-Position Blind Emboss* (ADD) 1.07 0.53 0.36 0.23 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.15 0.14

AFE1 1-Position Foil Emboss * (ADD) 2.56 1.10 0.76 0.50 0.48 0.42 0.39 0.35 0.32

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 2.21 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.08

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 4.20 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.32 0.26 0.20 0.17 0.16

AC3 3-Color Printing (ADD) 5.48 2.52 1.27 0.69 0.48 0.40 0.34 0.31 0.30

AC4 4-Color Printing*** (ADD) 7.67 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.63 0.54 0.47 0.43 0.39

A073 80# Colored Stock** (ADD) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

A074 Verticals/Regency (ADD) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50

A100S 100# Smooth -White (ADD) 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55

A100SC 100# Smooth - Colored** (ADD) 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79

A100L 100# Linen - White (ADD) 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58

A100LC 100# Linen - Colored** (ADD) 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81

LAM Gloss Lamination 1 Side (ADD) 0.38 0.38 0.32 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.27

MLAM Matte Lamination 1 Side (ADD) 0.65 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.52 0.48 0.45 0.43 0.41*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **See page 89 for paper colors. ***Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

RECYCLED PAPER PRESENTATION FOLDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • 80# Coastal White Proterra

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

RPA300A Glued Pockets 2.77 1.30 1.06 0.90 0.83 0.80 0.70 0.68 0.65C

SUPER SAVER CUSTOM PAPER PRESENTATION FOLDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 10 Pt. C1S • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PA300A10 Glued Pockets 1.83 0.78 0.62 0.53 0.50 0.48 0.43 0.41 0.40C

Page 40: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

38

Presentation Folders

TRIFOLD FOLDERSAll heads will turn when you present your materials in a 4-color process Trifold Folder. These folders make a dramatic impression.We have multiple styles to choose from. If you have an original idea, our art department can help you implement it from concept to a finished product.

Specifications:• Panels 12" x 9"• Choose from 1, 2 or 3 pockets• Middle pocket is not glued• White Paper Stock

OVERSIZE PRESENTATION FOLDERSThis pocket folder is designed to hold larger documents or oversized marketing pieces. It can be offset printed, foil stamped or debossed. Choose from any of the available white paper stocks or a colored paper stock for an additional charge.

We have multiple styles to choose from. If you have an original idea,

CUSTOM TRIFOLD FOLDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PA300TF2520 1 Flap Center Pocket 1.66 1.49 1.30 1.22 1.16 1.08 1.07 1.05

PA300TF2614 2 Pockets (left and right panels) 1.66 1.49 1.30 1.22 1.16 1.08 1.07 1.05

PA300TF2146 3 Pockets 1.71 1.53 1.34 1.26 1.19 1.10 1.08 1.06

PA300TF3056 2 Pockets (center and left panels) 1.71 1.53 1.34 1.26 1.19 1.10 1.08 1.06

PA300TF3581 1 Pocket (right panel) 1.71 1.53 1.30 1.22 1.16 1.08 1.07 1.05

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.08

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.32 0.26 0.20 0.17 0.16

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.63 0.57 0.47 0.43 0.39

A056 Varnish (ADD) 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09

LAM Gloss Lamination 1 Side (ADD) 0.38 0.32 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.27

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.89 2.14 1.62 1.45 1.35 1.31 1.27 1.21

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 5.78 4.26 3.24 2.90 2.68 2.61 2.53 2.44

ABE1 1-Position Blind Emboss* (ADD) 2.89 2.14 1.62 1.45 1.35 1.31 1.27 1.21

AFE1 1-Position Foil Emboss* (ADD) 5.78 4.26 3.24 2.90 2.68 2.61 2.53 2.44C

OVERSIZE PRESENTATION FOLDERS No Decoration • Add-ons Page 37

PA300TF2520 PA300TF2614 PA300TF2146PA300TF3056 PA300TF3581

NEW!

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PA301A2427 12 1⁄2" X 9 1⁄2" Glued Pockets 2.70 1.10 0.91 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA605A4512 13 7⁄8" X 11 3⁄4" w/ Reinforced Edge 3.26 1.70 1.36 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.87 0.84 0.73C

Page 41: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

39

Presentation Folders

LEGAL SIZE PAPER PRESENTATION FOLDERSLegal Size Folders provide documents with protection, security and an opportunity for creative corporate branding. Choose from 12 Pt. C1S or our premium colored paper stock. These folders can be offset printed, foil stamped or embossed. Adding business card slits on one pocket or both pockets is always free of charge (see Page 32 for Business Card slit options).

Paper Stocks Available: • 12 Pt. C1S High Gloss Cast Coat• 12 Pt. C1S• 80# Linen – White• 80# Leatherette – White• 80# Smooth – White• Premium Paper Stocks

(extra charges may apply)

JUNIOR PRESENTATION FOLDERSJunior size folders can hold the right amount of paper. Choose from many stock dies or create a custom die and size. Perfect for simple leave-behinds, meeting agendas, surveys, or church membership directories and welcome packets. These folders can be offset printed, foil stamped or embossed.

LEGAL PAPER PRESENTATION FOLDERS 14" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 37

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PA300D Legal Size Glued Pockets 3.26 1.70 1.36 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.86 0.84 0.81C

PA 300B Glued Pockets9"x 4"

with 3" pockets

PA 300C Glued Pockets9" x 6"

with 3" pockets

PA 300D Glued Pockets Legal Size 14 1/2" x 9 3/8"

with 4" pockets

JUNIOR PAPER PRESENTATION FOLDERS No Decoration • Add-ons Page 37

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PA300B 8 1/2" x 3 1/2" Sheet Size, Glued Pockets 1.83 0.78 0.62 0.53 0.50 0.48 0.43 0.41 0.40

PA300C 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" Sheet Size, Glued Pockets 1.87 0.83 0.67 0.57 0.54 0.50 0.45 0.44 0.43C

See Page 36 for Business Card Slit Options

8 1/2" x 3 1⁄2" Sheet Size

8 1/2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size

Page 42: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

40

Presentation Folders

INCOME TAX FOLDERSMake income tax season a breeze with no fail, easy to use Income Tax Folders. Specially designed to hold corporate, individual or fiduciary tax returns. The unique flap folds to conceal the staples, creating a professional finished look. PA 400TX3357

11 3/4" x 8 3/4" 5/8" spine

PA 400TX335811 3/4" x 8 3/4"

3/8" spine

PA 400TX345911 3/4" x 9 3/8"

3/8" spine w 1/4" expansion pocket

PA 400TX335611 3/4" x 8 3/4"

1/2" spine

PA 2182 Income TaxVertical Staple Tabs

Letter Size 11 1/2" x 9"

PA 105A Income TaxHorizontal Staple TabsLetter Size 11 1/2" x 9"

TANG-&-EYELET FOLDERSTang-&-Eyelet Folders hold paper securely so it won’t be separated from the folder. Tang-&-Eyelet Folders are perfect for short reference manuals, meeting agendas/notes or employee manuals. This is an economical alternative to loose-leaf binders.

Options:

• Clear front cover with paper back cover• Clear front cover with .016 gauge poly back cover• 12 Pt. white C1S paper front & back cover• Pocket only available on paper Tang & Eyelet

clearfront

PA 2426 Tang-&-EyeletLetter Size 11 3/4" x 9"

PA 2443 Tang-&-EyeletLetter Size 11 3/4" x 9"

with 4" pockets

PA 2921B Tang-&-EyeletClear Front Cover, Paper Back Cover

PA 2426P Tang-&-EyeletClear Front Cover, Paper Back Cover

with 4" pocket on back cover

PA 3636 2 Piece Tang-& Eyelet

Landscape or Portrait

clearfront

INCOME TAX FOLDER 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons page 37

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PA2182 Vertical Staple Tabs 0.97 0.81 0.72 0.68 0.62 0.58 0.52 0.48

PA105A_3476 Horizontal Staple Tabs 0.97 0.81 0.72 0.68 0.62 0.58 0.52 0.48

PA400TX3358 11 3⁄4" x 8 3⁄4" w/ 3⁄8" Spine 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.53 0.49

PA400TX3357 11 3⁄4" x 8 3⁄4" w/ 5⁄8" Spine 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.53 0.49

PA400TX3356 11 3⁄4" x 8 3⁄4" w/ 1⁄2" Spine 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.53 0.49

PA400TX3459 11 3⁄4" x 9 3⁄8"" w/ 3⁄8" Spine, 1⁄4" Expandable Pocket 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.53 0.49 C

TANG-&-EYELET FOLDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration • Add-ons Page 37

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PA 2426 Paper Tang-&-Eyelet, no pockets 5.37 2.18 1.98 1.74 1.67 1.63 1.56 1.54 1.50

PA 2443 Paper Tang-&-Eyelet, with pockets 5.87 2.51 2.22 1.99 1.92 1.85 1.78 1.74 1.70

PA 2921B Clear Front Cover/Paper Back Cover, no pockets 5.87 2.51 2.22 1.99 1.92 1.85 1.78 1.74 1.70

PA 2426P Clear Front Cover/Paper Back Cover, with pocket 6.40 4.67 3.80 2.83 2.74 2.68 2.61 2.58 2.51

PA3636 2 Piece Tang-&-Eyelet with Clear Cover 5.87 2.51 2.22 1.99 1.92 1.85 1.78 1.74 1.37

PA 2921A Clear Front Cover/Poly Back Cover, no pockets 6.40 4.67 3.80 2.83 2.74 2.68 2.61 2.58 2.51C

Page 43: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

41

Presentation Folders

Paper Stocks• 150# Manila Tag• 150# White Tag• 12 Pt. White C1S High Gloss Cast Coat • 12 Pt. white C1S

Paper Wallet• 4 1⁄2" x 10" panel size • Flap size 3 3⁄16"

Paper Expansion Box• 1 1⁄2" expanding gusset • 15" x 10" closed size• Flap size 3"

PAENV2

PABOX15

FILE FOLDERS

Standard Paper File Folders• 3⁄4" capacity • 11 5⁄8" x 9" closed size• Tab is 1⁄3 cut, one position with

a 1⁄2" extension

Legal Paper File Folder• 3⁄4" capacity • 14 5⁄8" x 9" closed size• Tab is 1⁄3 cut, one position

with a 1⁄2" extension

PA 713I

PAENV1

PA714I

PAPER PORTVELOPE No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PAENV1_3343 12" x 10" with 3 5/8" flap 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.59 0.56C

PAPER WALLET No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PAENV2_2657 4 1/2" x 10 " with 3 3/16" flap 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.59 0.56C

PAPER EXPANSION BOX 1 1⁄2" expanding gusset • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA BOX 15 15" x 10" with 3" flap 2.18 1.97 1.74 1.55 1.51C

PAPER FILE FOLDERS 1⁄3 Cut, One Position • 3⁄4" capacity • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA 713I Letter, 11" x 81/2" Sheet Size 0.78 0.63 0.53 0.45 0.42

PA 714I Legal, 14" x 81/2" Sheet Size 0.94 0.79 0.68 0.59 0.57C

ADD-ONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.11 0.09

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.20 0.16

AC4 4-Color Printing* (ADD) 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.47 0.39

A050 Velcro Closure (ADD) (Each) 0.61 0.61 0.57 0.57 0.57

A050B Bando Closure** (ADD) 0.39 0.39 0.37 0.37 0.37

A049 Self-adhesive Tang Fasteners (installed) (ADD) 0.68 0.57 0.49 0.46 0.46*Add $175.00 for Matchprint Proof. **Not attached to folder, shipped separately C

Paper Portvelope • 12" x 10" closed size• Flap size 3 5⁄8"

Page 44: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

42

Presentation Folders

POLY POCKET FOLDERS/DOCUMENT HOLDERSAn alternative to paper folders. Constructed of .023 gauge poly, these folders are made to last. They won’t split or tear and can be silk-screened or foil stamped.

Ideal product for:• Lab areas• Hospitals and doctors offices• Workshop areas• Delivery trucks or vans

Specifications:• Constructed with .023 gauge polyethylene• Holds 11" x 8 1⁄2" sheet size

Tuck Tab Pocket Closure

TWO-POCKET WELDED FOLDER 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • .023 Gauge Poly • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P301A4126 11 11/16" x 9 1/2" Folded 6.50 4.28 3.24 2.71 2.22 1.99

P301A4100 12" x 9" Folded 6.50 4.28 3.24 2.71 2.22 1.99

P301A4467 12" X 9" Folded with 3 Holes 6.50 4.28 3.24 2.71 2.22 1.99 C

POLY TUCK TAB FOLDER* 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • .023 Gauge Poly • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P300A3256 11 11/16" x 9 1/2" Folded 4.32 2.25 1.62 1.26 0.96 0.95*Ships flat and unassembled C

POLY ENVELOPES / DOCUMENT HOLDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • .023 Gauge Poly • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PENV1 Letter 6.36 4.13 3.17 2.64 2.09 1.91C

POLY FILE FOLDER 1⁄3 Cut, One Position • .023 Gauge Poly • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P700A1 Letter 3.86 1.85 1.19 0.83 0.50 0.43

P700A2 Legal 4.24 2.07 1.41 1.04 0.70 0.64C

POLY POCKET FOLDERS ADD-ONS/ACCESSORIES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

DecorationAF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.04 1.46 1.00 0.63 0.51 0.42AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.54 0.72 0.44 0.30 0.22 0.20AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 3.24 1.51 0.97 0.64 0.49 0.46

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 4.85 2.27 1.46 0.97 0.73 0.71AD4 4-Color Process Printing+ (ADD) 7.98 4.38 3.47 2.40 2.36 2.03

Card/Label HolderA008 Business Card Holder, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 0.90 0.64 0.57 0.51 0.45 0.44A00943 CD Holder, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50A00942 CD Holder, self-adhesvie (ADD) 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61A0082 USB Pocket, sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.02 0.74 0.64 0.59 0.51 0.50

Add-OnsA035 Poly Gauge .035 (ADD) 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. +Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. For 4-color process, .055 gauge and tinted can only be printed digitally. C

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 45: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

43

Report Covers, also known as Binding Covers, provide a professional and finished look to any bound document. Report Covers are most commonly constructed with paper or poly.

Punching PatternsThere are a wide variety of punching patterns available. Be careful to choose the one that matches the punch and bind equipment since punch patterns cannot be used interchangeably. Several popular styles are illustrated below.

Did you know? Having the manufacturer pre-punch the report covers extends the life of desktop binding equipment and reduces equipment service issues.

REPORT COVERS

3-Hole PunchRound Holes, 4.25" on centers, 3 holes

3:1 Square (Twin Loop Wire)3 holes per inch, .3333"on centers,

32 holes

19-Hole Comb VelobindRound Holes, 1" on center, 11 holes

SurebindRound Holes,10 holes

3:1 Oversize Square (Pro-Click)3 holes per inch, .3333"on centers,

32 holes

2:1 Square (Twin-Loop Wire)2 holes per inch, .5"on centers,

21 holes

4:1 Coil Oval .25"4 holes per inch, .25" on center, 43 holes

4:1 Coil Round .2475"4 holes per inch, .2475" on center, 44 holes

Page 46: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

44

Report Covers

Various window

sizes available.

One PieceReport Cover

One Piece Staple Report Cover

Slide ClampPA SC 10 w/o window 11 1/2" x 8 5/8" ClosedPA SC 11 with window 11 1/2" x 8 5/8" Closed

Two Piece Hidden Hinge CoverPA RC 10 w/o window

11 1/4" x 9 3/16" O.A. SizePA RC 11 with window

11 1/4" x 9 3/16" O.A. Size

Two Piece Plastic Comb CoverPA GBC 10 w/ or w/o window 11 1/4" x 8 3/4"

PA GBC 12 w/ or w/o window 11" x 8 1/2"PA GBC 14 w/ or w/o window 11" x 9"

PAPER REPORT COVERSPaper Report Covers can be printed, foil stamped or embossed.

Choose from two-piece unpunched, two-piece hidden hinge or one piece slide clamp covers.

See pages 88-89 for paper stocks and offset printing ink colors.

Paper Stock:• 12 Pt. White C1S High Gloss Cast Coat• 12 Pt. C1S • Linen - White• Felt - White• Smooth - White

Punching:• Plastic Comb• Wire• Spiral• Velo

PAPER REPORT COVERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA 12 Report Cover (paper front & back cover) 1.20 0.84 0.66 0.50 0.45 0.43

PA 07 10 mil Clear (PVC front & paper back cover) 1.20 0.84 0.66 0.50 0.45 0.43

Add-Ons

ABE1 1-Position Embossed* (ADD) 0.79 0.53 0.36 0.23 0.19 0.14

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.75 0.68 0.38 0.24 0.20 0.15

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.49 1.10 0.77 0.49 0.41 0.32

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 1.89 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.11 0.09

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 3.79 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.20 0.16

AC4 4-Color Process Printing*** (ADD) 4.43 2.76 1.36 0.79 0.42 0.35

A073 80# Colored Stock (ADD) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

A100S 100# Smooth - White (ADD) 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55

A100SC 100# Smooth - Colored (ADD) 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79

A100L 100# Linen - White (ADD) 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58

A100LC 100# Linen - Colored (ADD) 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81

A046 Slide clamps - Black or White (ADD) 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11

APKT Back Cover Pocket (ADD) 0.84 0.42 0.37 0.30 0.24 0.19

A047 1-Prong fastener 3" capacity (ADD) 0.80 0.68 0.57 0.49 0.46 0.46

A048 Screw posts 1" capacity ( ADD) 0.33 0.28 0.24 0.21 0.20 0.19

A049 Punching (ADD) 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **See page 88 for paper colors. ***Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. CCall for pricing of binding and punching equipment. Call for special pricing on wire, comb, coil or tape binding.

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 47: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

45

Report CoversTURNED EDGE REPORT COVERSEnhance the professionalism of reports with Turned Edge Report Covers. The rigid cover is turned over 100 Pt. chipboard and gives documents protection from wear and tear. Choose between a wide variety of cover material to provide a high-end look.

Specifications:• 100# Bright White Text• Gloss Film Laminated

POLY REPORT COVERSPoly Report Covers are made from .016 gauge poly which is sturdy and durable, yet flexible without creasing.

See page 88-89 for poly and silk-screening ink colors.

Specifications:• Choose from two piece

unpunched or hidden hinge covers

• Hidden hinge 11" x 9", 11" x 8 1⁄2", 11 1⁄4" x 8 3⁄4"

Options:• Covers can be punched with 2 or 3 holes or

for plastic combs, velo, spiral or wire• A standard 2" x 4" window centered left to

right 3" from top can be added• Plastic combs, velobind, spiral, wire, slide

clamps, prong fasteners and screw posts available at additional cost

POLY REPORT COVERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • .016 Gauge Poly • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 200A 2-Piece or Hidden Hinge 0.77 0.66 0.56 0.52 0.51

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.76 0.47 0.35 0.26 0.23

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.63 1.04 0.72 0.56 0.54

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.44 1.59 1.09 0.83 0.82

AC4 4-Color Process Printing (ADD)+ 3.68 2.47 1.79 1.72 1.58

A049 Punching (ADD) 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16

A031 Sonic Welded Pocket (ADD) 2.52 1.77 1.59 1.55 1.51

RC Rounded Corners (Index Edge) (ADD) 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16

A0231 .023 gauge (ADD) 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21Call for pricing of binding and punching equipment. +Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. C

TURNED EDGE REPORT COVERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TECV1A 11" x 8 1/2" 2-Piece Report Cover 4.66 4.21 3.84 3.38 3.15 3.08

AF1 1-Postion Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.94 0.68 0.46 0.30 0.23 0.19

AF2 2-Postion Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.91 1.37 0.93 0.59 0.47 0.39

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.37 0.64 0.39 0.27 0.19 0.18

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.88 1.35 0.86 0.57 0.44 0.41

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 1.60 1.04 0.60 0.26 0.14 0.13

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 2.68 2.07 1.07 0.52 0.30 0.19

AC4 4-Color Process Printing+ ** (ADD) 4.43 2.76 1.36 0.79 0.42 0.35

A003 Padded Front Cover (ADD) 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74

A004 Padded Front Cover & Back Cover (ADD) 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47

A018B Skivertex/Arrestox (ADD) 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52

A049 Punching (ADD) 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. +Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 48: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

46

Report Covers

COMPOSITION REPORT COVERS [15 Pt. Regency & Lexide]

Our quality covers will make a distinct impression for any of your projects. Composition Report Covers offer attractiveness and durability. Covers are available 11" x 8 1⁄2" or 11" x 9" to protect your index tabs. Please specify round or square corners.

Available Colors:

Black, Navy, Maroon, and Dark Green

Clear for Fastback®

Binding

One PieceClear with

Paper Hidden Hinge

CLEAR POLY REPORT COVERS WITH PAPER SPINECrystal Clear or Frosted Clear cover is married to 80# linen or 12 Pt. C1S. The paper spines allow for binding flexibility and extra reinforcement. This unique report cover can be silk-screened or foil stamped and used with Fastback® binding or any punch & bind equipment.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PA121 Clear - Paper Hidden Hinge 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

PA123 Clear - For Fastback® Binding 2.70 1.10 0.90 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.59 0.58 0.56

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.14 0.54 0.34 0.24 0.22 0.20 0.18 0.17 0.16

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.77 1.16 0.75 0.52 0.47 0.43 0.40 0.39 0.38

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 3.45 1.74 1.13 0.78 0.71 0.65 0.59 0.58 0.57

A047 1-Prong Paper Fasteners 3" Cap. (ADD) 0.80 0.68 0.56 0.49 0.48 0.47 0.46 0.46 0.46C

PAPER COVER WITH PAPER SPINE 11" x 9" or 11"x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size - Square Corners • No Decoration

COMPOSITION REPORT COVERS 2 Piece Report Cover • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA17 11" x 8 1⁄2"Sheet Size 1.15 0.96 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.67

PA18 11" x 9" Sheet Size 1.15 0.96 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.67

AF1SC 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.89 0.64 0.43 0.29 0.22 0.18

AF2SC 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.82 1.29 0.88 0.57 0.45 0.37

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.14 0.54 0.34 0.24 0.18 0.16

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.77 1.16 0.75 0.52 0.40 0.39

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 3.45 1.74 1.13 0.78 0.59 0.57

P30C 30 Pt. Composition (ADD) 1.25 1.04 1.00 0.92 0.87 0.84

APKT Back Cover Pocket (ADD) 0.84 0.42 0.37 0.26 0.24 0.17*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

CHIPBOARD REPORT COVERSNeed an eco-friendly report cover? Our 50 Pt. Recycled Chipboard report covers are the answer. The solid chipboard can be silk-screened, foil stamped or debossed for customization. Add punching for easy binding.

CHIPBOARD REPORT COVERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 50 pt. Natural Chipboard • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PC200A 2-Piece Set 50 Pt. 1.29 0.78 0.62 0.53 0.46

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.76 0.47 0.35 0.26 0.23

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.63 1.04 0.72 0.56 0.54

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.44 1.59 1.09 0.83 0.82

BC 80 Pt. (ADD) 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26

BC Black Chipboard (ADD) 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63

A049 Punching (ADD) 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16

RC Rounded Corners - Index Edge (ADD) 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16Call for pricing of binding and punching equipment. C

ECO OPTIONSAVAILABLE

Page 49: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

47

TEXT PRINTING

Text Printing are the sheets that go into binders and can be collated with index tabs. Text Printing can also be referred to as content sheets.

Binding Tips:There are many choices of how to finish text printing. Here are the most common types of binding.

Fastback® Tape BindingBinds the document with a thermal adhesive strip that is activated by heat. The sheets of paper bind into the strip while warm and cures as the strip cools.

Wire Binding This style is also known as twin loop wire, Wire-o, or double wire. Once a book is bound, the document will open completely flat and allow for 360 degree of rotation. Typically, small books utilize 3:1 wire binding and large documents will need 2:1 wire.

Comb BindingThis type of binding is also called plastic comb binding or spiral comb binding. This process uses 19 plastic combs that fit into the rectangular holes in the paper and report cover. Plastic combs come in a variety of colors and sizes to accommodate different sizes of books.

Coil Binding This type of binding allows the book to lay open flat and offers 360 degree rotation. Coil binding is also known as spiral binding, spiral coil, ez-coil, plastic coil, or plastikoil. Coil binding is a great option for books that will be mailed or handled frequently since the element is very durable.

Insertion into 3-Ring BinderText printing can be inserted or nested into the binder case to save fulfillment time. Shipping text printing while on the rings is not recommended. It can damage the ring mechanism as well as the text printing.

Perfect Binding This style of binding gathers all of the pages of the book and then glue is applied to the spine edge. After the glued book block dries, the cover is glued to the spine to finish the book. Paperback novels are one example of books that utilize perfect binding.

Saddle StitchingThis economical method of book binding is when gathered sheets are folded and then stapled at the fold line. Two staples, or stitches, are used to bind a book. A common office stapler is NOT used during this process, but a bindery-quality stitcher to ensure a secure and flat bind.

VelobindA plastic strip with 11 rigid tines is inserted into the paper. The book block is inserted into the binding machine where the machine cuts the excess off the tines and melts the strip to seal. This binding style is intended to be permanent. Velobind is also referred to a strip binding.

Tip when counting pages vs. sheetsPages and sheets are NOT the same thing. Pages can be numbered on the front and back of the sheet. For example, a book can have 16 pages and only 8 sheets. In this case there are 2 pages per sheet.

Page 50: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

48

Text Printing

TEXT BINDINGWe’ll print, collate, tab and bind your entire booklet from start to finish. Choose from our wide selection of custom binding solutions.

Text Binding includes the binding element, punching and binding of text. Cover, text andindex tabs are sold separately.

DIGITAL TEXT PRINTINGWe can print your black and white or color interior pages 1-sided or 2-sided. This is a great, inexpensive way to produce a professionally finished book.

Ideal for:

BINDING ELEMENTSThese Binding Elements are the needed finishing touch to complete a project. Not only are these elements functional and durable, but they also provide a streamline look. The self-adhesive tang fasteners come installed.

TEXT PRINTING BINDINGPRODUCT PRICE

Fastback® Tape Binding 0.84

Wire Binding 1.31

Comb Binding 1.26

Coil Binding 1.04

Insertion into 3-Ring Binder 0.30

Perfect Binding 1.49

Saddle Stitching 0.26

Velobind 1.95*Minimum 100 books C

SIZE PRICE1/4" 6.085/16" 6.743/8" 7.417/16" 9.171/2" 10.82

C

SIZE PRICE9/16" 14.365/8" 16.243/4" 18.787/8" 22.43

1"* 29.06 C

SIZE PRICE

1 1/8"* 33.92

1 1/4"* 35.24

1 1/2"* 40.43

1 3/4"* 42.03

2"* 44.81 C

DIGITAL TEXT PRINTING 11" x 8 1⁄2" • 3 Hole Punch • Collated & Shrink Wrap • Setup $125.00 (c)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 1 SIDE 2 SIDE

PA INSB (BLACK) Per sheet - 20# Bond 0.04 0.05

PA INS4CP (4-COLOR PROCESS) Per sheet 20# Bond 0.31 0.49

PA INSG (BLACK) Per Sheet - 80# Gloss Text 0.04 0.06

PA INS4 (4-COLOR PROCESS ) Per Sheet - 80# Gloss Text 0.35 0.51

PA 24BNDWHT 24# Bond White (ADD) 0.02 0.02

REN Reinforced Binding Edge, 1-side (ADD) 0.04 N/AC

• Sales Meetings• Price Lists

• Reference Materials• Promotions

PLASTIC BINDING ELEMENTS No Decoration, 100 per box

METAL BINDING ELEMENTS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

A047 Prong Fasteners 3" Capacity 0.68 0.57 0.49 0.46 0.46

A048 Screw Post 1" Capacity (Each) 0.28 0.24 0.21 0.20 0.19

A049 Self-Adhesive Tang Fasteners (Installed) 0.68 0.57 0.49 0.46 0.45

PP 1-Color Pad Printing Onto Combs (ADD) 1.93 1.47 0.96 0.72 0.62 C

*50 Bindings Per Box

Page 51: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

49

Text PrintingSADDLE STITCHED PAGESPresent all of the information needed and keep pockets available for last-minute materials with Saddle Stitched Pages. The sheets are stitched securely into the pocket folder for a polished look.

Specifications:• Available in 4-page, 8-page, 12-page and 16-pages• Printed on 100# Gloss Text• Can be printed in 1-color to 4-color process• Price includes stitching into pocket folder• Saddle stitched sheets are only available with pocket folder

orders and not sold separately

STAGGERED SHEETSStaggered sheets are printed and trimmed to fit perfectly into the pocket folder. These sheets are easy to read and can serve as a quick reference guide.

Specifications:• Printed on 1-side • Optional 2nd side printing available• Printed on 100# Gloss Text• Price includes insertion into pocket folder• Staggered Sheets are only available with pocket folder

orders and not sold separately

SADDLE STICHED SHEETS 100# Gloss Text

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000

SS4 4 pages (2-color) 2.30 1.33 0.85 0.68 0.59 0.51 0.44

SS4-4 4 pages (4-color)* 4.23 2.31 1.38 1.04 0.88 0.70 0.57

SS8 8 pages (2-color) 3.60 2.08 1.34 1.07 0.93 0.80 0.69

SS8-4 8 pages (4-color)* 6.14 3.32 1.95 1.46 1.21 0.97 0.77

SS12 12 pages (2-color) 6.25 3.46 2.11 1.62 1.38 1.14 0.95

SS12-4 12 pages (4-color)* 10.66 5.72 3.35 2.46 2.04 1.60 1.29

SS16 16 pages (2-color) 6.60 3.69 2.29 1.79 1.53 1.28 1.07

SS16-4 16 pages (4-color)* 11.87 6.39 3.74 2.77 2.30 1.82 1.46*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

STAGGERED SHEETS 100# Gloss Text

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000

CS5 5-staggered sheets (2-color, 1-side) 2.71 1.61 1.01 0.83 0.73 0.63 0.56

CS5-4 5-staggered sheets (4-color, 1-side)* 4.60 2.59 1.52 1.17 1.01 0.84 0.69

CS6 6-staggered sheets (2-color, 1-side) 2.81 1.68 1.08 0.89 0.80 0.69 0.61

CS6-4 6-staggered sheets (4-color, 1-side)* 4.71 2.68 1.59 1.32 1.07 0.90 0.71

CS7 7-staggered sheets (2-color, 1-side) 2.90 1.79 1.18 0.99 0.90 0.80 0.72

CS7-4 7-staggered sheets (4-color, 1-side)* 4.78 2.71 1.66 1.42 1.15 0.99 0.76

CS8 8-staggered sheets (2-color, 1-side) 3.00 1.87 1.24 1.05 0.95 0.86 0.78

CS8-4 8-staggered sheets (4-color, 1-side)* 5.46 3.13 1.89 1.49 1.30 1.10 0.80

CS-4 4-color Printing, 2nd side (ADD)* 3.18 1.67 0.90 0.63 0.44 0.39 0.26

LAM Gloss Lamination, 1-side (ADD) 0.38 0.32 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.26*Add $175.00 for matchprint . C

Page 52: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

50

Text Printing

BROCHURESBrochures are an affordable, yet professional way to promote businesses, organizations or services. Different sizes and scoring options accommodate many needs.

Product Uses:• Envelope stuffers or direct mail pieces• Restaurant menus• Mini product catalogs

SELL SHEETSSell Sheets are the perfect way to highlight any product or service. Can fit into binders or pocket folders. Printed 1-color to 4-color process.

Product Uses:• New product launches• Salesman tools or “leave behinds”

BROCHURES 4/4 printing* • 100# Gloss Text

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000 10,000 25,000

BR1 8 1/2" X 11" sheet - trifolds to 3 5/8" x 8 1/2" 1.29 1.00 0.84 0.66 0.55 0.41 0.35 0.30 0.29 0.28

BR1A 9" x 8" sheet - bifolds to 4" x 9" 1.19 0.97 0.66 0.54 0.45 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.23 0.22

BR2 11" x 8 1/2" sheet size - 2 shts/8 pgs stitched 2.83 2.44 1.90 1.50 1.16 1.02 0.89 0.64 0.43 0.26

BR3 11" x 8 1/2" sheet size - 3 shts/12 pgs stitched 3.09 2.69 2.28 1.80 1.39 1.22 1.05 0.76 0.50 0.33

BR4 11" x 8 1/2" sheet size - 4 shts/16 pgs stitched 3.24 3.01 2.66 2.10 1.63 1.43 1.21 0.89 0.58 0.41

BR6 11" x 8 1/2" sheet size - 6 shts/24 pgs stitched 4.11 3.86 3.43 2.69 2.08 1.83 1.54 1.13 0.72 0.57

BR8 11" x 8 1/2" sheet size - 8 shts/32 pgs stitched 4.57 4.22 3.80 3.77 2.33 2.30 1.78 1.19 1.15 0.82

A100 100# Gloss Cover (ADD) 0.47 0.47 0.45 0.45 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

SELL SHEETS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet size • 100# Gloss Text

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000 10,000 25,000

CS4 4-Color, 1-side* 0.70 0.60 0.46 0.37 0.29 0.23 0.21 0.15 0.11 0.09

CS4-4 4-Color, 2-side* 0.99 0.97 0.80 0.62 0.47 0.40 0.34 0.23 0.15 0.11

LAM Lamination, 1-side (ADD) 0.73 0.47 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.26 0.26 0.24*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

BOOK PUBLISHING – DIGITALLY PRINTED HARDCOVERSThe hard cover is digitally printed 100# gloss text, laminated and turned over solid chipboard. The text pages are digitally printed on 80# gloss text and are perfect bound into the hard cover. Digital printing allows for each book to be customized for the reader. Holds up to approximately 75 sheets of paper.

Text PrintingText Printing

BOOK PUBLISHING - DIGITALLY PRINTED HARDCOVERS Cover Only • No Decoration • Maximum 3⁄8" capacity

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 5000

PB1 11" x 8 1/2" - No Decoration 6.34 5.65 5.41 5.20 4.87 4.79 4.72 4.68

PB2 8 1/2" X 5 1/2" - No Decoration 6.10 5.53 5.30 5.06 4.76 4.68 4.62 4.52

Add-Ons

AC4 1-Color to 4-Color Process (ADD) 10.61 7.14 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.57 0.43 0.39

PF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.15 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.30 0.26 0.21 *See Inside Back Cover for Die Charges . Digital Text Printing Not Included C

Page 53: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

51

CALENDARS

Calendars not only have a purpose of tracking important dates and scheduling meetings, but can serve a variety of functions and marketing incentives throughout the year. Our calendars are all custom and made to order!

Paper Stocks 20# Bond – This paper stock is very common in office settings and typically referred to as copy

paper. This uncoated stock is very easy to write on with ball point pens, pencils, markers and even crayons. 20# bond is similar paper thickness to 50# offset. 20# bond is most commonly trimmed down to 11" X 8-1⁄2" or 11" X 17" sheet size.

Example: Text pages of wirebound calendars print on 20# bond

60# Offset – 60# Offset’s most common master sheet size is 25" X 38" or 23" X 35" which allows printing multiple up on one sheet. This paper stock is used for wall calendars that utilize tinning at the top. This is an uncoated stock which makes it easy to write on with many writing instruments.

Example: Tinned wall calendars use 60# offset

70# Offset – It is thicker than 60# offset. This uncoated stock has a matte appearance. This paper is most commonly used on desk calendars because it allows for a quality paper that is not “see through.” Many types of writing instruments like gel pens, pencils or markers can write on this stock.

Example: Full size desk calendars utilize 70# offset

100# Gloss Text – This paper stock has a coating applied to both sides of the paper and has a “shiny” appearance after printing. This paper stock showcases 4-color artwork and fine graphics. Due to the coating, ballpoint pens or permanent markers work best with this paper stock.

Example: Small monthly calendars print on 100# gloss text

10 Pt. C1S – The term “C1S” means this paper stock is coated on 1 side only. Typically the side that is being printed is coated and the uncoated side is left blank. This is the ideal paper stock for a single sheet wall calendars.

Example: Single sheet wall calendars are printed on 10 pt. C1S.

LaminationMany calendar users add lamination to increase the durability of calendars that will be used all year long.

• Gloss - This is the most popular type of laminate and has a high glossy finished look. Gloss lamination highlights rich black inks and full color artwork. For this application, the most common laminate thickness is 1.3 mil, but other mils are readily available. The higher the mil thickness, the more rigid the sheet is.

• Matte – As the name indicates, this laminate has a matte appearance. It does not glare or reflect the light as much as gloss laminate. Matte lamination is more prone to scratching and showing fingerprints.

• Dry Erase – This is a gloss laminate that can to be used with dry-erase markers. This allows for repeated marking and erasing.

60# Offset – 60# Offset’s most common master sheet size is 25" X 38" or 23" X 35" which

Example: Tinned wall calendars use 60# offset

70# Offset – It is thicker than 60# offset. This uncoated stock has a matte appearance. This

Example: Full size desk calendars utilize 70# offset

10 Pt. C1S – The term “C1S” means this paper stock is coated on 1 side only. Typically the side

20# Bond – This paper stock is very common in office settings and typically referred to as copy

Example: Text pages of wirebound calendars print on 20# bond

100# Gloss Text – This paper stock has a coating applied to both sides of the paper and has a

Page 54: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

52

CalendarsFULL SIZE DESK CALENDARSOur Full Size Desk Calendars keep your company’s name in front of your customers all year long. You can choose from our stock formats or you can make a custom design to fit your needs.

Specifications: • 70# Offset Paper • Optional Julian Numbering• Vinyl Corners and optional Header

Turned Edge Corner Colors: Burgundy, Black, Green, Blue

Vinyl Corner Colors: Burgundy, Black, Green, Blue, White

Desk Calendars packed 35 per box. Approximate weight is 30 pounds

Vinyl Corner Colors: Burgundy, Black, Green, BlueTurned Edge Corner Colors: Burgundy, Black, Green, Blue, WhiteSee pages 88-89 for vinyl and ink colors.

Header:

Corners:

PRINTING AREA21 3/4"

Style A

3" 3"

3"

16 3

/4"

Style B

21 3/4"

4"

3"

16 3

/4"

Style C

21 3/4"

3"3"

16 3

/4"

CALENDARS 16 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" Sheet Size • 12 Month • 2-Color Imprint (Black Plus One Color)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

PA CAL 2 2-Vinyl Corners 11.71 6.75 5.38 4.38 3.94

PA CAL 4 4-Vinyl Corners 11.92 6.95 5.75 4.48 4.02

PA CAL HD2 Vinyl Header + 2 Vinyl Corners 12.12 7.16 6.12 4.57 4.11

13 MON 13 Month Calendar Year (ADD) 0.95 0.50 0.40 0.33 0.30

AS2 Each Additional Color on Calendar (ADD) 4.23 1.79 0.98 0.49 0.45

4AC 4-Color Process Calendar **(ADD) 7.74 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.47

DRILL 2 Hole Drilling on Calendar (ADD) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

A008 2 Business Card Pockets on Header (ADD) 0.85 0.61 0.54 0.48 0.44

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* on Header (ADD) 0.78 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.22

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* on Header (ADD) 1.58 1.12 0.77 0.48 0.45

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen on Header (ADD) 1.23 0.66 0.40 0.28 0.22

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen on Header (ADD) 2.47 1.33 0.80 0.54 0.45

BOX 20X27 Individual Calendar Mailers (ADD) 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04

B050 50 pt. Chipboard (ADD) 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add 175.00 for matchprint proof. C

CORNERS & HEADERS FOR CALENDARS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EACH PRICE

HEADER Vinyl Header 1.00

V977COR Vinyl Corners (Set) 0.50

TECOR Turned Edge Corner (Set) 1.00

C

Page 55: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

53

CalendarsJUNIOR SIZE DESK CALENDARSmaller desk calendar to fit today’s streamlined work environment! This calendar is printed on 70# offset and is padded to 22 pt. chipboard.

Specifications: • 70# Offset Paper • Optional Julian Numbering

CALENDARS 11" x 17" Sheet Size • 12 Month • 4 color imprint

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

PA CAL JR 2 2-Vinyl Corners 6.56 5.09 4.05 3.94 3.82

13 MON 13 Month Calendar Year (ADD) 0.95 0.50 0.40 0.33 0.30

DRILL 2 Hole Drilling on Calendar (ADD) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 C

TINNED 12-MONTH WALL CALENDARS 22" x 18" • 50# Offset • 2-Color Imprint (Black Plus One Color)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

TWC1 12 Month Wall Calendar - Top Tinning 12.68 7.60 6.15 5.11 4.72

4AC 4-Color process* (ADD) 7.74 3.09 1.53 0.89 0.48

TIN2 Top & Bottom Tinning (ADD) 1.31 1.04 0.94 0.87 0.82*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

TINNED 12-MONTH WALL CALENDARSTinned Wall Calendars provide a large and easy to read month view. The eyelet in the center of the tin makes for simple hanging. The top tinning prevents curling and helps the calendar to hang straight and flat. Add 4-color process to tailor this calendar to suit any office.

Specifications:• 2-Colors Included (Black plus one color)• 50# Offset Paper • Black Tinning at Top• Plastic eyelet for hanging

Style I

11"

17"

3"1.75"

2.5"

Style II

11"

17"

1.75"

2.75" 2.75"

Vinyl Corner Colors: Burgundy, Black, Green, Blue, White

NEW!

Page 56: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

54

Calendars

WALL CALENDARS - SINGLE SHEETView the year at a glance with single sheet Wall Calendars. Easily customize the wall calendar with payroll dates, school events or company-wide holidays. The calendar is laminated on one side to protect against wear and tear. Finished size is 24" x 36" and printed on 10 Pt. C1S. All major holidays are printed on the calendar.

WALL CALENDARS - SINGLE SHEET 24" x 36" • 2-Color Imprint (Black Plus One Color)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

PACALWALL 12 Month Wall Calendar - Single Sheet 6.98 3.66 2.75 1.80 1.30

4AC 4-Color process* (ADD) 7.74 3.09 1.53 0.89 0.48

DRILL 2 Hole Drill on Calendar Sheet (ADD) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

DLAM Dry-Erase Laminate (ADD) 0.98 0.51 0.36 0.25 0.22

TIN1 Top Tinning (ADD) 1.31 1.04 0.94 0.87 0.82

TIN2 Top & Bottom Tinning (ADD) 2.36 1.98 1.83 1.68 1.61

GRO Grommet (ADD) 1.05 0.82 0.68 0.60 0.56

GPEN Grommeted Penloop (ADD) 1.94 1.00 0.83 0.66 0.64

DEMK Black Dry-Erase Marker (ADD) 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68

MT Individual Mailing Tubes (ADD) 3.07 2.95 2.90 2.75 2.79*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

LARGE MONTHLY WALL CALENDARSLarge Wall Calendars make it easy to view a month at a time while providing an attractive calendar. The 1⁄2"diameter hole provides easy hanging in a cubicle or on a wall.

Specifications:• 70# Offset Paper backed with 22 Pt.

Chipboard• A 1⁄2"diameter drilled hole• 2 color printing (Black plus one color)

LARGE WALL CALENDARS 22" x 18" • 2-Color Imprint (Black Plus One Color)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

LWC1 12 Month Large Wall Calendar 11.71 6.75 5.38 4.38 4.02

4AC 4-Color Process - 1 side* (ADD) 7.74 3.09 1.53 0.89 0.48*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

Page 57: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

55

Calendars

STITCHED WALL CALENDARS This month at a view Stitched Wall Calendar allows for a unified branding message all year long. The monthly sheets are stitched to the master sheet. The master sheet is 24" x 36" and includes 2 color printing. The monthly sheets are printed 2-colors on 70# offset. Add tinning at the top and/or bottom to add stability.

STITCHED WALL CALENDARS 24" x 36" • 2-Color Imprint (Black Plus One Color)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

PACALWALL2 Wall Calendar - Stitched 12 Months 13.79 8.51 7.06 6.11 5.40

4AC 4-Color process* (ADD) 7.74 3.09 1.53 0.89 0.48

TIN1 Top Tinning (ADD) 1.31 1.04 0.94 0.87 0.82

TIN2 Top & Bottom Tinning (ADD) 2.36 1.98 1.83 1.68 1.61

GRO Grommet (ADD) 1.05 0.82 0.68 0.60 0.56

GPEN Grommeted Pen Loop (ADD) 1.94 1.00 0.83 0.66 0.64*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

4 PANEL WALL CALENDARView 3 months at once with this 4 Panel Wall Calendar. The top panel allows for corporate branding to be seen all year long. Calendar sheets are 8 1⁄2"x 11", printed on 50# offset in black. Each 11" x 8 7⁄8" backer panel is 12 pt. C1S. Each panel includes 12 months. Top Panel includes 1 to 4 color process printing and a centered hole for easy hanging. Panels are bound with solid black twin loop wire.

4 PANEL WALL CALENDAR (3 MONTH-AT-A-GLANCE) Panels 12 Pt. C1S, Wire Bound, Calendar Sheets 50# Offset

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PACAL4P 4 Panel Wall Calendar, Top Panel 1-4 color 7.48 7.06 6.30 5.67 5.09 4.90

DRILL 1-Hole Drill on Top Panel (ADD) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

GRO Grommet (ADD) 1.05 0.82 0.68 0.60 0.56 0.54*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

Panels are bound with black twin loop wire

Page 58: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

56

Calendars

SMALL DESK / WALL CALENDARSKeep your company’s name in front of your customers all year with a customized Desk Calendar. Each month has a mini-calendar for the previous and following month. All major national holidays are labeled. Calendar covers can be silk-screened or foil stamped.

• Price includes desk calendar and vinyl cover• Constructed with 45 Pt. chipboard• Calendar insert printed in black• Center reinforced vinyl hole for wall hanging

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.

DESK CALENDARS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 12 Month • 2-Color Imprint (Black Plus One Color on Calendar Insert)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 820 827A Desk Calendar – No Decoration 2.77 2.54 2.31 2.26 2.23

Add-Ons

AAF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AAF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.54 1.04 0.66 0.53 0.44

AAS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.26 0.19 0.12 0.11 0.09

AAS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.54 0.38 0.23 0.21 0.19

AAS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.79 0.57 0.36 0.33 0.28

REFILL 12 Month Calendar Refill (ADD) 0.61 0.61 0.59 0.59 0.59

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

SMALL MONTHLY WALL CALENDARSWall Calendars provide functionality and attractiveness that every cubicle or office needs. Each month provides an opportunity for different artwork, message or offering. A 1⁄2" diameter drilled hole is included for easy hanging. Add plastic coil to have 360 degrees of rotation.

SMALL WALL CALENDARS 100# Gloss Text with 100# Gloss Cover • 4/4 Printing* • 11" x 17" Open

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

SWC1 12 Month Small Wall Calendar 5.91 5.41 4.92 4.19 3.72 3.14 2.67 2.29

Add-Ons

PC Plastic Coil Binding (ADD) 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79

*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof C

Calendar. Each month has a mini-calendar for the previous and following month. All major

Plastic coil bound option

Page 59: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

57

Calendars

WIREBOUND MONTHLY PLANNERSThe wire bound planner is a sleek and practical option for a calendar. The twin-loop wire binding allows for 360 degrees of rotation. The paper covers can be offset printed or foil stamped.

Add a poly cover for more durability and texture. Poly covers can be foil stamped or silk-screened. Choose between 2 standard formats or customize your own!

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.

Standard Formats• Month view – 12 months, 28 pages• Month view and weekly view –

12 months/52 weeks, 132 pages• Create your own!

Standard Formats Include:• Personal information page• Notes page• Advanced planning page• Previous year and advance year page• Major holidays included• 12 Pt. C1S front and back cover -

no decoration• Bright White 20# bond calendar pages,

printed in black

WIREBOUND PLANNERS 12 Pt. Front and Back Cover • 20# White Bond Pages (Black Print) • No Decoration on covers

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V811A Month - 11"x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size 3.84 3.16 2.98 2.74 2.69 2.67

V811B Month & Week - 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size 6.66 6.28 6.01 5.58 5.45 5.24

V812A Month - 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size 3.24 2.99 2.81 2.60 2.51 2.43

V812B Month & Week - 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size 6.36 6.06 5.86 5.47 5.27 5.12

Add-Ons

AAF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.75 0.68 0.38 0.24 0.19 0.15

AAF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.49 1.10 0.77 0.49 0.41 0.32

AAC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 1.89 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.11 0.09

AAC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 3.84 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.20 0.16

AAC4 4-Color Process Printing ** (ADD) 6.05 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.50 0.41

AAS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.94 0.76 0.47 0.35 0.26 0.23

AAS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.79 1.63 1.04 0.72 0.56 0.54

AAS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.64 2.44 1.59 1.09 0.83 0.82

A023 Poly Report Cover .023 Gauge (ADD) 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26

PC Plastic Coil Binding (ADD) 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 Matchprint C

Page 60: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

58

Calendars

COMPOSITION CALENDARSThis calendar’s easy-to-read month view is convenient and perfect for anyone on the go. The smaller size is compact for a purse, briefcase or backpack. The composition cover provides a polished look all year long.

Standard Format: Month View – 12 months, 28 pages

COMPOSITION CALENDARS Saddle Stitched • No Decoration on covers

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P808B 10 7/8" x 9" Closed 3.37 3.04 2.82 2.37 2.20 1.99

P809B 11" x 8 1/2" Closed 3.37 3.04 2.82 2.37 2.20 1.99

P810B 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" Closed 2.80 2.69 2.49 2.32 2.20 2.10

P820B 5 1/2" x 3 1/2 " Closed 1.51 1.41 1.30 1.15 1.05 0.95

Add-Ons

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.16 1.54 1.04 0.66 0.53 0.43

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.33 0.26 0.19 0.12 0.11 0.10

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.67 0.54 0.38 0.23 0.21 0.19

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

Maroon Green Blue Black

Composition (Regency/Lexide) 15 Pt. Cover

HARDCOVER CALENDAR JOURNALThe Hardcover Calendar Journal provides high-class functionality. This journal will not be hidden in a drawer or briefcase! Choose from our standard format or customize your own!

Standard Format: Month view and weekly view – 12 months/52 weeks, 132 pages

HARDCOVER CALENDAR JOURNAL No Decoration on covers

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

HDCJ Month & Week - 11" x 8 1⁄2" sheet size 7.38 5.81 5.71 5.22 5.13

HDCJ2 Month & Week - 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" sheet size 7.38 5.81 5.71 5.22 5.13

Add-Ons

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.06 0.77 0.53 0.34 0.26

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.04 1.46 1.00 0.63 0.51

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.86 0.72 0.43 0.31 0.22

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 3.24 1.51 0.97 0.63 0.50

A004 Padding - Front & Back Cover (ADD) 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47

AR Ribbon bookmark glued into spine (ADD) 1.31 1.25 1.16 1.07 1.02*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

Page 61: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

59

Calendars

EASEL DESK CALENDAR Keep the brand in front of the customer all year long. Twelve calendar sheets are 4 1⁄2" x 4 1⁄2" and digitally printed on 100# gloss text. The solid chipboard is wrapped with black Skivertex and is wire bound at the top to form the table-top easel.

CHIPBOARD EASEL DESK CALENDAR This calendar won’t go unnoticed on a desk. The calendar sheets are padded and glued to the chipboard easel. This calendar fits securely in an envelope for convenient mailing.

Specifications: • 50 pt. Black Chipboard Easel• Easel Size: 6" x 4 3⁄4"• Includes digital printing on 100# gloss text• Calendar Sheet size: 5 1⁄2" x 4 1⁄2"• Standard Format: Month View

CHIPBOARD EASEL DESK CALENDAR 5 1⁄2" x 4 1⁄4" sheet size - Includes digital printing on 100# gloss text

EASEL DESK CALENDAR 4 1⁄2" x 4 1⁄2"Sheet Size • Includes Digital Printing on 100# Text Sheets

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

TECALFLIP598 5" x 5" Wire Bound Easel Calendar 5.34 4.45 3.59 3.32 3.11

13 MON 13 Month Calendar Year (ADD) 0.95 0.51 0.40 0.33 0.30

Add-Ons

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* on easel (ADD) 1.06 0.77 0.53 0.34 0.26*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

CALFLIP4697 6" x 4 3⁄4" Padded Easel Calendar 4.27 3.56 2.87 2.66 2.49

13 MON 13 Month Calendar Year (ADD) 0.95 0.51 0.40 0.33 0.30

NEW!

Page 62: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

60

Calendars

PAPER POCKET PLANNERThis month view planner is perfect for quick and easy reference. The finished size is 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" and includes a personal information page, notes, advanced planning and year-at-a-glance pages. One-color imprinting on the cover is included in the price, making it easy to add any custom logo or design.

Specifications:• 12 Pt. C1S Cover – 1-color imprint included!• 20# Bright White Bond text sheets - 1/1 black imprint

included• Month View - 12 months, 28 pages.

PAPER POCKET PLANNER 12 Pt. Front and Back Cover - 1-Color • 20# White Bond Pages - Black Print

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA810B 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Closed 4.87 4.07 3.37 2.90 2.68 2.58

Add-Ons

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.16 1.54 1.04 0.66 0.53 0.43

AAC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 1.89 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.11 0.09

AAC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 3.84 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.20 0.16

AAC4 4-Color Process Printing ** (ADD) 6.05 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.50 0.41

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 Matchprint C

VINYL MONTHLY POCKET PLANNERSThis handy Pocket Planner keeps your company’s name in front of your customers for a whole year. Vinyl outside covers can be silk-screened or foil stamped.

Standard Format: Month View – 12 months, 28 pages

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.

MONTHLY POCKET PLANNERS 6 1⁄2" x 3 7⁄8" Closed • No Decoration on covers

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 810B Pocket Planner 1.54 1.44 1.23 1.10 1.07

PAD810B Pocket Planner Refill 0.61 0.61 0.59 0.59 0.59

Add-Ons

AAF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AAF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.54 1.04 0.66 0.53 0.43

AAS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.26 0.19 0.12 0.11 0.10

AAS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.54 0.38 0.23 0.21 0.19

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

Page 63: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

61

PORTFOLIOS

Decorating, or imprinting, an item turns a commodity item into a custom made-to-order piece. Knowing which decoration method works best with different substrates will give you the best final outcome.

Offset Printing Offset Printing is the process in which the offset ink is transferred from a plate to a blanket then

to the printing surface. In four color process offset, the four process ink colors of cyan, magenta, yellow and black (CMYK) are used to print the artwork and images. In spot color offset, the Pantone® Matching System is used to print the artwork and images.

Offset printing is traditionally applied to paper.

Silk-screen Printing Silk-screen printing is the technique that uses a mesh screen to transfer the ink to the material. A

negative design is burned onto the screen and then a squeegee moves across the screen forcing the ink thru the mesh openings onto the material.

Vinyl, poly and cloth turned edge materials are typically silk-screened.

Foil Stamping Foil Stamping involves a metal plate that comes in contact with the metallic foil. It transfers a thin

layer of the foil onto the surface. The metal plate is heated and that causes the foil to stick to the surface only in the areas of the designed die. This process is also know as hot stamping, since the die must be heated.

Typically paper, vinyl and cloth turned edge materials can be foil stamped.

Embossing Embossing is the technique where a die is pressed into the underneath sides of the material

to raise the image from the surface. Many times an embossing die is used in conjunction with foil stamping or printing. This gives a textured and more interesting look to the artwork. Blind Embossing is when only the embossing die is used to showcase the artwork.

Only paper can be embossed.

Debossing Debossing is the opposite of embossing and the image is pressed down into the material. Brass

and copper dies are mostly used to create the debossing die. Paper, chipboard and vinyl products can be debossed.

Digital Printing Digital Printing involves artwork being processed by a computer and then directly printed onto

the surface. Digital printing eliminates the need for printing plates, screens or stamping dies. Paper, vinyl and poly products can be digitally printed.

Debossing Debossing is the opposite of embossing and the image is pressed down into the material. Brass

Paper, chipboard and vinyl products can be debossed.

Offset Printing Offset Printing is the process in which the offset ink is transferred from a plate to a blanket then

Offset printing is traditionally applied to paper.

Digital Printing Digital Printing involves artwork being processed by a computer and then directly printed onto

Paper, vinyl and poly products can be digitally printed.

Page 64: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

62

Portfolios

VINYL NOTEPAD FOLDERSAttractive, high quality notepad folders are terrific for seminars, meetings, training sessions, or promotions. The included notepad can be secured with an optional attractive brass clip. Opposite the pad is a boomerang pocket to hold papers or brochures. Rigid 90 Pt. chipboard construction creates a durable folder that won’t bend easily.

Specifications:• Constructed with 90 Pt. solid chipboard• Ruled notepad and boomerang pocket included• Standard: 11 3⁄8" x 9 3⁄16" closed size• Junior: 8 1⁄2" x 5 11⁄16" closed size• Legal: 15 3⁄16" x 8 15⁄16" closed size

VINYL NOTEPAD FOLDERS Boomerang Pocket and Ruled Pad Included • 40 Sheets per pad • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 503_3638 Standard, 11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size 5.35 4.62 3.87 3.81 3.26 3.08 2.89

V 505_105 Brass Clip, 11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size 5.79 4.75 4.00 3.88 3.32 3.11 2.91

V 501_653 Junior, 8" x 5" Sheet Size 4.11 2.70 2.63 2.48 1.77 1.58 1.44

V 507 Legal, 14" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size 7.44 6.76 6.22 5.92 4.96 4.72 4.47

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.64 0.82 0.59 0.40 0.26 0.20 0.16

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.60 1.40 0.65 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 5.44 2.95 1.38 0.87 0.61 0.46 0.45

A003 Front cover foam padding (ADD) 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.81 0.81 0.81

A053 Pen Loop (ADD) 0.99 0.72 0.54 0.46 0.37 0.36 0.35

A007 Business Card Holder - 2-sided (ADD) 0.38 0.25 0.19 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10

A008 Business Card Holder - 3-sided (ADD) 1.19 0.82 0.61 0.54 0.49 0.43 0.42

A063 Leatherette Vinyl Montana/Cortina (ADD) 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32

CAST Castillian (ADD) 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62

A045A No Ruled Pad (DEDUCT) 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

PAPER NOTEPAD FOLDERSUse our stock 12 Pt. White High Gloss, Linen, Felt, Smooth or Leatherette paper. The notepad folders include a pocket and a ruled notepad.

Specifications:• Ruled notepad included / 25 sheets per pad• 1 horizontal pocket included

PAPER NOTEPAD FOLDER Ruled Pad Included • 25 sheets per pad • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA3000_2756 9" x 6" Sheet Size 2.23 1.83 1.55 1.45 1.29

PA3001_942 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size 2.47 2.03 1.72 1.60 1.43

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.18 0.16

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.10 0.76 0.48 0.38 0.33

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.11 0.09

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.20 0.16

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.50 0.41*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

Page 65: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

63

Portfolios

TURNED EDGE NOTEPADJust a fancy version of an old classic! Our Turned Edge Notepad Holders are printed on 100# bright white text, gloss laminated and turned over solid chipboard. This offers the quality and durability of our vinyl notepad holders, but with a little more versatility when it comes to decoration. Offset print, foil stamp or deboss, whatever your decoration needs, we can accommodate!

SEWN TURNED EDGE PORTFOLIOEnhance the look of the portfolio while keeping the functionality. This portfolio is sewn along the outside edges with durable nylon threads. The wire bound book can be customized and is inserted into a turned pocket on the back cover. Constructed with 100# gloss text that has been laminated and then turned over chipboard. The liner is constructed with laminated 100# gloss text. The wire bound book includes 50 sheets of 20# bond with lined sheets.

TURNED EDGE NOTEPAD Ruled Pad Included • 40 Sheets per pad • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TEV503 Standard, 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size 11.92 10.81 9.41 9.08 8.66

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.18 0.16

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.10 0.76 0.48 0.38 0.33

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.11 0.09

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.20 0.16

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.50 0.41*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

SEWN TURNED EDGE PORTFOLIO Wirebound Ruled Pad Included • 50 Sheets per pad • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TESV503 Standard, 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size 17.77 16.30 14.39 14.00 13.51

TESV501 Junior, 8 1⁄2" x 5 1⁄2" Sheet Size 17.42 15.97 14.10 13.72 13.24

A005B Turned Pocket - 1 Diag. (ADD) 4.36 3.98 3.49 3.27 3.17

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp * (ADD) 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.18 0.16

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp *(ADD) 1.11 0.76 0.48 0.38 0.33

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.98 0.50 0.24 0.12 0.09

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 1.94 1.01 0.49 0.20 0.16

AC4 4-Color Printing ** (ADD) 3.10 1.52 0.89 0.50 0.41*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

Page 66: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

64

Portfolios

PA4002

PA4011

PA4010PA4010

BOUND JOURNALSSpecifications:• Includes 40 sheets of 20 lb. white bond• Ruled on 2 sides of inside sheets• Front cover and back cover are white, 12 Pt. C1S• Square corners on front cover and back cover• Coil bound

STENO PAD JOURNAL No Decoration on Front Cover

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA4001 3 7/8" x 8 3/8" - bound on 3 7/8" side 3.27 1.62 1.40 1.34 1.29C

NOTE PAD JOURNAL No Decoration on Front Cover

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA4002 5 1/4" x 8 1/4" - bound on 5 1/4" side 3.49 2.71 1.83 1.73 1.52

PA4010 11" x 8 1/2" - bound on 11" side 3.78 2.86 2.69 2.32 2.09

PA4011 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" - bound on 8 1/2" side 3.49 2.71 1.83 1.73 1.52C

COMPOSITION JOURNAL No Decoration on Front Cover

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA4003 10 7/8" x 8 3/16" - bound on 10 7/8" side 3.78 2.86 2.69 2.32 2.09 C

JOURNAL ADD-ONS/ACCESSORIES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.18 0.16

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.10 0.76 0.48 0.38 0.33

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.11 0.09

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.20 0.16

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.50 0.41

A617 Wire Binding (ADD) 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27

PAINB Each Additional Sheet (ADD) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

Page 67: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

65

Portfolios

CUSTOM NOTEPADSCustomize our 50 sheet notepads to meet your company’s needs! Whether it be for in office use or as a company give-away, these notepads are great for getting your company’s information out there!

Specifications:• Includes 50 sheets of 20 lb. white bond• Includes 1-4 color printing

NOTEPAD PAPER Padded on short OR long side • Backed with 22 Pt. Chipboard

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PAD11X8.5 11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size 4.19 3.70 2.46 1.91 1.07 1.04 0.92

PAD8.5X5.5 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" Sheet Size 3.36 2.97 1.97 1.52 0.85 0.83 0.74

PAD5X3 5" x 3" Sheet Size 2.66 2.35 1.72 1.22 0.73 0.71 0.68

DR3 3-Hole Drilled (ADD) 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 C

PERSONALIZED JOURNAL Digitally Printed

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 5 10 15 20

TEHCJ_11 11" x 8 1/2" - bound on 11" side 18.40 18.00 17.87 17.66

TEHCJ_JR 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" - bound on the 81/2" side 16.82 16.48 16.36 16.19 C

PERSONALIZED HARD COVER JOURNALSThese hardcover personalized journals will stand out! The 100# gloss text is digitally printed, gloss laminated and turned over solid chipboard for durability. Personalize each journal for the recipient. This product is perfect for special celebrations or corporate gifts.

Specifications:• Digitally Printed• 1.3 mil Gloss Laminated• Wire Bound• 65 sheets of 60# Offset Paper

Page 68: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

66

Portfolios

NOTEPAD CASES• Holds 50 sheets of 20# white or yellow sheets per pad

(notepad not included)• Solid ink coverage in adhesive area not recommended

VINYL TALLY PADSTally Pads are ideal for jotting notes and can easily slip into a jacket, pocket or purse.

• 40 sheets of 20# white per notepad• Solid chipboard construction• Inside front cover 3" horizontal pocket included

TALLY PAD 4 1⁄4" x 2 3⁄4" Closed • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500

V503 3057 4 1/4" x 2 3/4" Case With Notepad 1.43 1.01 0.75 0.63 0.61

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.59 0.40 0.26 0.20 0.11

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.18 0.81 0.54 0.41 0.34

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.64 0.40 0.31 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.38 0.99 0.87 0.61 0.46*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

NOTEPAD CASES 4 3⁄8" x 3 3⁄8" Closed • Case Only

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 500 1000 2500 5000

V 760 Case for 4" x 3" Pad – No Decoration 0.60 0.47 0.37 0.32

PAD 4" x 3" Notepad – No Decoration 0.88 0.76 0.72 0.64

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.40 0.26 0.20 0.11

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.81 0.52 0.41 0.34

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.40 0.30 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.87 0.61 0.46 0.39

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.34 0.92 0.70 0.68*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

CLIPBOARDKeep papers neat and organized with a Turned Edge Clipboard. The metal clip riveted to solid chipboard provides a sturdy writing surface. Use the back side for corporate branding or other graphics.

• Printed on 100# gloss text• Gloss laminated• Solid chipboard construction

CLIPBOARD No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TE410 Fits 11" x 8 1/2" sheet size 4.32 3.72 3.48 3.19 2.90 2.77 2.68

TE411 Fits 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" sheet size 4.20 3.59 3.36 3.08 2.79 2.67 2.59

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 3.47 1.80 1.18 0.67 0.29 0.16 0.15

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 5.85 3.02 2.34 1.21 0.59 0.34 0.21

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 14.48 7.97 3.71 1.89 1.06 0.65 0.48**Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

Page 69: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

67

DOCUMENT HOLDERS

Vinyl MaterialsVinyl was invented in 1920 and is the second largest manufactured plastic resin in the world. Vinyl is moisture and humidity resistant and comes in a variety of colors and finishes.

French Calf VinylThis is a smooth finish vinyl. It has lined pattern running throughout that looks similar to the lines on the back of your hand.

Suedene VinylThis vinyl has more of a texture compared to French Calf vinyl. The texture looks similar to a suede jacket. French Calf and Suedene vinyl are the most common and economical choices for vinyl products.

Tinted Suedene This vinyl is more translucent compared to French Calf or Suedene vinyl. It has a texture that is similar to a suede jacket. Tinted Suedene should not be sealed over chipboard, for aesthetic reasons, but would be more suitable for document jackets or portvelopes.

CastilianThis vinyl material has a leather-like appearance. It is considered a premium vinyl and is ideal for debossing or foil stamping. This vinyl is heat sealed to construct the vinyl product.

Montana Another premium vinyl that has a more defined lined and a two-tone design. This vinyl is great for silk-screening or foil stamping.

Turned Edge MaterialsTurned Edge materials used with menu or certificate holders are constructed similar to a gameboard. Premium materials, like those listed below, give a turned edge product an upscale look and feel at an affordable cost.

ArrestoxA cloth material that is similar to traditional book binding. This turned edge material can be foil stamped or silk-screened. There are over 30 color swatches to choose from.

KivarThis simulated leather material can be decorated with silk-screening, debossing or foil stamping. Kivar is comparable and sometimes used interchangeably with Skivertex.

Silktouch NubaThis material has a supple and luxurious texture. It feels similar to nubuck leather. This durable material looks great foil stamped or silk-screened.

Litho Wrap100# gloss text paper that is printed, laminated and then turned over solid chipboard. This paper stock can be digitally or offsest printed.

Page 70: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

68

Document Holders

PAPER CERTIFICATE HOLDERS Choose Paper Certificate Holders for a less expensive alternative that still protects the document and creates an attractive presentation. Holders can be printed, foil stamped, or embossed.

Paper Stock:• 12 Pt. White C1S High Gloss • 12 Pt. White C1S • Linen - White

• Smooth - White• Felt - White

PAPER CERTIFICATE HOLDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size, 12" x 9 1⁄2" Overall • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA 1141 Paper Holder – No Decoration 1.37 0.96 0.72 0.63 0.59

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.18 0.16

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.10 0.76 0.48 0.38 0.33

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.11 0.09

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.20 0.16

AC4 4-Color Printing*** (ADD) 3.10 1.53 0.89 0.47 0.39

A073 80# Colored Stock** (ADD) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

A100S 100# Smooth - White (ADD) 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55

A100SC 100# Smooth - Colored** (ADD) 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79

A100L 100# Linen - White (ADD) 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58

A100LC 100# Linen - Colored** (ADD) 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81

ARC Ribbon Corners (ADD) 2.09 1.58 1.21 1.10 1.01

ACLS Clear Sleeve (ADD) 2.93 2.26 1.95 1.78 1.66*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **See page 88-89 for paper colors. ***Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

REGENCY CERTIFICATE HOLDERS Constructed from high-end 15 Pt. Regency cover. Ribbon corners secure the certificate and finish off the look. Foil stamp or silk-screen the cover to add personal flair.

Standard Regency Colors:• Black• Dark Green • Maroon• Navy

Standard Ribbon Colors:• Red• White• Black

Ribbon Corner Detail

REGENCY CERTIFICATE HOLDERS 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size • 4 Corners • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PACERTHLDR Regency Holder - No Decoration 3.98 2.79 2.12 1.82 1.70

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp * (ADD) 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.18 0.16

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp * (ADD) 1.10 0.76 0.48 0.38 0.33

P30C 30 Pt. Regency (ADD) 4.10 3.38 3.01 2.97 2.90

P10M 10 mil Clear Acetate 0.42 0.33 0.25 0.23 0.22*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **See page 88-89 for paper colors. ***Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **See page 88-89 for paper colors. ***Add $175.00 for matchprint proof.

Page 71: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

69

Document Holders

TURNED EDGE CERTIFICATE HOLDERSTurned Edge Certificate Holders provide a high-end look for important occasions, such as graduation, awards, or professional certifications. The printed sheets are laminated and turned over chipboard, providing fine graphic reproduction.

Specifications:• Silk - Moire Liner• 4 ribbon corners

VINYL CERTIFICATE HOLDERS 12" x 9 1⁄2" Overall • 4 Clear Vinyl Corners or Full Sheet Clear

VINYL CERTIFICATE HOLDERS Vinyl Certificate Holders are the perfect complement for diplomas, awards and certificates. Made to open on the side or the top.

Vinyl covers are long-lasting and give the certificate a professional look and feel. Constructed with 4 clear vinyl corners to hold certificate or one full sheet clear pocket. Holders can be silk-screened or foil stamped.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 830A_633 Vinyl Holder 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size – No Decoration 7.26 4.79 4.40 3.68 3.55 3.48

V 830E Vinyl Holder 8 1⁄2" x 11" Sheet Size – No Decoration 7.26 4.79 4.40 3.68 3.55 3.48

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.16 1.54 1.04 0.66 0.53 0.44

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.34 0.65 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.80 1.38 0.87 0.61 0.46 0.45

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 4.22 2.06 1.34 0.92 0.70 0.68

A003 Front Cover Foam Padding (ADD) 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83

A004 Front & Back Cover Foam Padding (ADD) 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65

MONT Montana/Cortina Vinyl Outside Only (ADD) 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65

CAST Castillian Expanded Vinyl Outside Only (ADD) 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57

MOIR Black Moire Vinyl Liner (ADD) 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 *See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

TURNED EDGE CERTIFICATE HOLDERS 11” x 8 1⁄2” Sheet Size • 4 Corners

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000

TECERTHLDR Cloth Holder (Skivertex or Arrestox) 11.51 10.66 9.75 8.61

TE300LW Litho Wrap Holder 9.83 9.31 8.39 7.03

A003 Padded Front Cover (ADD) 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.82

A004 Padded Front Cover & Back Cover (ADD) 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66

APF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34

APF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.04 1.46 1.00 0.63

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 1.80 1.18 0.67 0.29

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 3.02 2.34 1.21 0.59

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 7.97 3.71 1.89 1.06

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

8 1⁄2 X 11 SHEET SIZE

Page 72: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

70

Document Holders

Ribbon Colors Available:• Red• White• Black

VINYL MENU COVERSThese sleek vinyl menu covers are a great way to dress up any menu! Made of vinyl sealed over chipboard, these covers can be silk-screened or foil stamped. Sure to please any restaurant patron's appetite!

REGENCY MENU COVERSSmart, sleek and affordable! Regency Menu Covers are constructed with 15 Pt. Regency material with a 10 Pt. C1S white liner and four ribbon corners. Foil stamp or silk-screen the outside cover to customize the restaurant name.

Regency Colors Available:• Black• Dark Green• Maroon• Navy

VINYL MENU COVERS No Decoration - 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

VMENU Landscape or Portrait 7.25 4.79 4.40 3.69 3.55 3.48

Add-Ons

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.06 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.26 0.21

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.15 1.53 1.05 0.67 0.53 0.44

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.34 0.65 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.80 1.38 0.88 0.61 0.46 0.44

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 4.22 2.06 1.34 0.92 0.71 0.69

A003 Front Cover Foam Padding (ADD) 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83

A004 Front & Back Cover Foam Padding (ADD) 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65

MONT Montana/Cortina Vinyl Outside Only (ADD) 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65

CAST Castillian Expanded Vinyl Outside (ADD) 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56

MOIR Black Moire Vinyl Liner (ADD) 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 *See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

REGENCY MENU COVERS No Decoration - 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

RMENU_A Regency Holder - Portrait 4.85 3.98 2.79 2.12 1.82 1.70

RMENU_E Regency Holder - Landscape 5.38 4.45 3.27 2.53 2.22 2.09

Add-Ons

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.16 1.54 1.04 0.66 0.53 0.44

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.34 0.65 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.80 1.38 0.87 0.61 0.46 0.45

AS3 3-Color Silk-sceen (ADD) 4.22 2.06 1.34 0.92 0.70 0.68

P30C 30 Pt. Regency (ADD) 4.37 4.10 3.38 3.01 2.97 2.90 *See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

Page 73: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

71

Document Holders

TURNED EDGE FRAMES & DISPLAYSGive certificates, photographs and documents a polished presence with Turned Edge Frames & Displays. The 100# Bright White text sheet is gloss laminated and turned over solid chipboard. The frame is die cut for smooth clean edges. The attached stand allows for the frame to stand upright and gives stability.

Back View of Frame

TURNED EDGE MENU COVERSTurned Edge Menu Covers provide an elegant option to display any bill of fare. Choose between litho wrapped paper with lamination, Skivertex or Arrestox cloth material. Add padding to the front cover and/or back cover for a premium look. The litho wrap can be offset printed or foil stamped and the cloth material can be silk-screened or foil stamped.

• Moire Liner• Four Ribbon Corners Included

TURNED EDGE FRAMES/DISPLAYS No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500

TEFRAME11 11" x 8 1/2" Sheet Size 4.66 4.21 3.84 3.48 3.15 3.08

TEFRAME85 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" Sheet Size 4.32 3.84 3.47 3.26 3.05 2.90

TEFRAME46 6"x 4" Sheet Size 4.24 3.78 3.42 3.21 3.02 2.85

Add-Ons

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.94 0.68 0.46 0.31 0.23 0.19

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.91 1.37 0.93 0.61 0.47 0.39

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.37 0.64 0.39 0.27 0.19 0.18

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.88 1.35 0.86 0.59 0.44 0.41

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 1.60 1.04 0.60 0.26 0.14 0.13

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 2.26 1.05 0.88 0.54 0.30 0.19

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 3.15 2.76 1.36 0.81 0.42 0.35*See Inside Back Cover for die charge **Add $175.00 for matchprint. C

TURNED EDGE MENU COVERS No Decoration - 11" x 8 1⁄2" Sheet Size

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TEMENU Cloth Holder (Skivertex or Arrestox) 11.51 10.66 9.75 8.61 8.16 7.67

TE301LW Litho Wrap Holder 9.83 9.31 8.39 7.03 6.43 6.19

Add-Ons

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.16 1.54 1.04 0.66 0.53 0.44

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.34 0.65 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.80 1.38 0.87 0.61 0.46 0.45

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 4.22 2.06 1.34 0.92 0.70 0.68

A003 Front Cover Foam Padding (ADD) 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83

A004 Front & Back Cover Foam Padding (ADD) 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65 *See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

Page 74: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

72

Document HoldersPORTVELOPESA Portvelope is a vinyl envelope with a flap or zipper-slide closure. They are great document holders that keep your materials clean and protected despite frequent handling. The back of the envelope can be made of clear vinyl so you can see the inside documents. The flap closure can be secured with Velcro.

Specifications:• Clear or opaque back panel• Velcro closure for flap can be added• Business card pocket with three sealed sides available

TV 10

TZV 2710

ZIPPER-SLIDE PORTVELOPES No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TZV 1868 12 5/8" x 9 5/8" Vinyl Zipper w/Metal Slide 7.04 4.23 4.09 3.43 2.79 2.66 2.60

VZIP BAG 10 1/4" x 8 1/2" Vinyl Zipper w/Metal Slide 6.23 3.53 2.70 2.30 1.88 1.80 1.76

TZV 2710 15 3/4" x 11 5/8" Vinyl Zipper w/Metal Slide 7.76 4.82 4.68 3.87 3.24 3.12 3.03

VZIP 1 5" x 7" Vinyl Zipper w/Metal Slide 6.19 3.53 2.70 2.30 1.88 1.80 1.76

VZIP 2 8 1/2"x 5 1/4" Vinyl Zipper w/Metal Slide 6.19 3.53 2.70 2.30 1.88 1.80 1.76

VZIP 3 10 1/4" x 8 1/8" Vinyl Zipper w/Metal Slide 6.19 3.53 2.70 2.30 1.88 1.80 1.76 C

FLAP PORTVELOPES No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TV 10 14 1/2" x 10" With 3 5/8" Flap 3.09 2.19 1.65 1.48 1.35 1.31 1.27

TV 10856 9" x 12-1/2" With 3 1/2" Flap 3.09 2.19 1.65 1.48 1.35 1.31 1.27

TV 10591 10" x 6 1/2" With 2 3/8" Flap 2.74 1.91 1.43 1.27 1.14 1.06 0.99

TV 2967 11 1/2" x 9 3/4" With 3" Flap 2.74 1.91 1.43 1.27 1.14 1.06 0.99

TV 05 9 7/8" x 4 3/4" With 2 7/8" Flap 2.40 1.77 1.34 1.21 1.08 0.99 0.94

TV 2034 10 1/4" x 4 3/4" With 2" Flap 2.40 1.77 1.34 1.21 1.08 0.99 0.94 C

PORTVELOPE ADD-ONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.26 1.12 0.81 0.55 0.36 0.28 0.22

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 4.17 2.27 1.62 1.10 0.70 0.56 0.46

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.75 1.47 0.53 0.42 0.30 0.22 0.20

AS2X 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 5.74 3.11 1.45 0.93 0.64 0.49 0.48

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 8.67 4.66 2.17 1.41 0.97 0.74 0.72

AC4 4-Color Process Printing+ (ADD) 6.53 5.24 3.42 2.47 1.85 1.77 1.63

A050 1 Round Velcro closure (ADD) 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67

A008 Business card sealed 3 sides (ADD) 1.25 0.86 0.64 0.57 0.52 0.45 0.44*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. +Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. C

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 75: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

73

Document HoldersDOCUMENT JACKETSThese vinyl jackets are ideal for insurance policies and financial or legal documents. Choose from single or bifold jackets. Constructed with opaque or clear vinyl. CD or DVD holders are constructed from .008 gauge clear vinyl and are protective and long lasting.

Silk-screen or foil stamp your artwork.

Open along the long or short edge.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.

DOCUMENT JACKETS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10,000

V SP 1 9 1/4" x 4 3/4" – No decoration 0.66 0.49 0.41 0.36 0.32 0.29

V SP 2889 11 1/16" x 8 15/16" – No decoration 1.06 0.88 0.80 0.71 0.67 0.63

V BP 2 9 9/16" x 4 5/8" Bifold – No Decoration 1.06 0.88 0.80 0.71 0.67 0.63

VSHPR2577 11" x 8 1⁄2 " Sheet Protector Top-Load 1.06 0.88 0.81 0.71 0.67 0.63

VSP 2129 Sheet Protector - Side Load w/Thumb Notch 1.06 0.88 0.81 0.71 0.67 0.63

V2DISK 2 Disk Vinyl CD or DVD Holder 1.06 0.88 0.81 0.71 0.67 0.63

V4DISKD 4 Disk Vinyl CD or DVD Holder 1.06 0.88 0.81 0.71 0.67 0.63

C

ADD-ONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10,000

AAF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AAF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.16 1.54 1.04 0.66 0.53 0.44

AAS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.40 0.49 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.19

AAS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.95 1.38 0.87 0.61 0.48 0.46

AAS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 4.42 2.05 1.34 0.92 0.70 0.68

AC4 4-Color Process Printing+ (ADD) 3.42 2.47 1.82 1.72 1.58 1.42

A007 Business Card Holder, sealed 2 sides (ADD) 0.20 0.18 0.14 0.13 0.13 0.12

A009 Label Holder (ADD) 0.64 0.57 0.53 0.45 0.44 0.43

GRO Grommets (ADD) 0.82 0.68 0.62 0.56 0.55 0.54 *See Inside Back Cover for die charges. +Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. C

V BP 2

V2DISK

VSHPR2577

V2DISK

Single Policy JacketVSP1

91/4" x 43/4"

Bifold Policy JacketVBP2

99/16" x 45/8"

Side Load Sheet Protector

VSP2129

Top Load Sheet Protector

VSHPR2577

V2DISKSingle Policy JacketVSP2889

111/16" x 8 15/16"

V4DISKD(Double Sided)

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 76: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

74

Document Holders

BUSINESS CARD CASES AND FILESCreate custom Business Card Cases for your sales staff, account executives or service representatives.

All cases can be customized by silk-screening or foil stamping your artwork.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.

V 700A9 15/16" x 4 1/2"

Closed

V 703A7 1/2" x 4 1/2"

Closed

V 700B5 1/4" x 4 1/2"

Closed

V 700C2 3/4" x 4 1/8"

Closed

BUSINESS CARD CASES & FILES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 700A 96 Cards / 4 Cards High – No Decoration 3.86 3.74 3.69 3.43 3.38 3.35

V 703A 48 Cards / 3 Cards High – No Decoration 3.18 3.10 3.04 2.85 2.79 2.75

V 700B 48 Cards / 2 Cards High – No Decoration 2.50 2.46 2.39 2.25 2.19 2.17

V 700C 2 Clear Pockets – No Decoration 1.64 0.64 0.61 0.48 0.38 0.33

Add-Ons

ADF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.06 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.26 0.21

ADF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.15 1.53 1.05 0.67 0.53 0.44

ADS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.40 0.50 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.19

ADS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.95 1.38 0.88 0.61 0.48 0.45

ADS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 4.41 2.05 1.34 0.92 0.71 0.69

AC4 4-Color Process Printing+ (ADD) 5.24 3.42 2.47 1.79 1.72 1.54

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges. +Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. C

V700A

V700C

V700C

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 77: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

75

Document Holders

CHECKBOOK COVERSYour company’s name and logo on a Checkbook Cover is an effective way to keep your name in front of customers. Terrific for banks as well as any company whose customers frequently pay by check. Checkbook covers can be silk-screened or hot-stamped.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.

33/16"

33/16"

31/4"

31/16"

63/8 "

6 9/16"

V714A

V713B

CHECKBOOK COVERS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10,000

V 714A Top Load Checkbook Cover–No Decoration 0.89 0.73 0.62 0.60 0.57 0.55

V 713B Side Load Checkbook Cover–No Decoration 0.89 0.73 0.62 0.60 0.57 0.55

Add-Ons

AAF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.05 0.77 0.50 0.34 0.27 0.21

AAF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.16 1.54 1.01 0.66 0.53 0.44

AAS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.40 0.49 0.39 0.28 0.21 0.19

AAS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.95 1.38 0.85 0.61 0.56 0.46

AAS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 4.42 2.05 1.30 0.92 0.70 0.68

MONT Montana (ADD) 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21

CAST Castillian (ADD) 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37

See Inside Back Cover for die charges. C

MAGAZINE COVERSCreate Magazine Covers for offices and reception areas. Imprint your company logo or a “Compliments of...” message on the clear vinyl front. The spine can be printed with the magazine or company name as well. The front is made out of a clear vinyl so the enclosed magazine cover can be seen.

See pages 88-89 for vinyl, silk-screening ink and foil colors.

Specifications:• Clear front cover, opaque vinyl back cover and spine• 1⁄2" rod or ring• 1" ring

VINYL MAGAZINE COVERS 11" x 9" Sheet Size

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

V 600A 1/2" Spring Rod—No Decoration 10.37 10.26 9.44 8.77 7.94 7.53 7.06

V 601A 1/2" Ring—No Decoration 8.53 8.09 7.46 6.92 6.29 5.95 5.56

V 603A 1" Ring—No Decoration 9.18 8.64 7.92 7.35 6.65 6.32 5.94

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 2.15 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 3.94 2.16 1.54 1.04 0.66 0.53 0.44

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.47 1.34 0.64 0.40 0.30 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 5.21 2.80 1.38 0.87 0.61 0.46 0.45

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 7.83 4.22 2.05 1.34 0.92 0.70 0.68

*See Inside Back Cover for die charges.

Page 78: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

76

Document Holders

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE MANUALSThese folders are a great way to display the services and directories of hotels and hospitals.

Paper Manual

Poly Manual

POLY MANUAL .023 Gauge Poly • 8 Clear vinyl staggered sheets • Coil Bound • 4-color Process Sheets Inserted into Staggered Sheets

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000

P 199 9" x 7 1⁄2" Closed - Bound on 9" landscape edge 16.92 13.65 12.79 9.48

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen - Front & Back Cover (ADD) 1.54 0.76 0.47 0.35

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen - Front & Back Cover (ADD) 3.24 1.63 1.04 0.72

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen - Front & Back Cover (ADD) 4.85 2.44 1.59 1.09

AC4 4-Color Process Printing+ (ADD) 5.24 3.42 1.84 1.72+Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. C

PAPER MANUAL 12 Pt. C1S Cover • 21 Index Tabs • Wire Bound • 4-color Process Text Included

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000

PA 199 11" x 9" Sheet Size 14.72 11.67 10.89 8.93

AC1 1-Color Printing - Front Cover (ADD) 1.89 0.98 0.49 0.24

AC2 2-Color Printing - Front Cover (ADD) 3.79 1.95 1.01 0.49

AC4 4-Color Printing * - Front Cover (ADD) 5.96 3.10 1.53 0.89 *Add $175.00 for Matchprint Proof. C

DIGITALPRINT IT!

ADHESIVE POCKETSSelf-Adhesive Pockets are an economical and fast way to create pockets on already existing products. The adhesive is pre-applied to the vinyl – all you need is to peel and stick! Decorate the self-adhesive pocket with silk-screen or foil stamping. Need a unique shape or size? No problem! We can create a pocket die to match any specifications. Choose from three standard sizes: CD/DVD, business card or 4" horizontal pocket.

ADHESIVE POCKETS No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

VBCPOCKET Business Card Size 1.35 0.94 0.64 0.57 0.54

VSHA2 CD/DVD Size 1.40 0.99 0.68 0.62 0.60

VSHA3 Half Sheet Size 1.40 0.99 0.68 0.62 0.60

Add-Ons

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 0.72 0.44 0.31 0.23 0.21

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.51 0.97 0.66 0.52 0.49

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.27 1.46 1.00 0.78 0.76

AC4 4-Color Process Printing+ (ADD) 4.38 3.47 2.40 2.36 2.03

+Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. C

Page 79: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

77

PRESENTATION PACKAGING

Closures and handles give a finished and secure look for presentation packing.

Pop-Thru Handle This handle is made from die cut poly. The poly gauge, or thickness, is typically the

same gauge as the packaging. This handle best works with poly boxes and is the recommended handle for tuck tab poly boxes. This handle ships separately and must be attached to the packaging.

Tuck Tab Closure A tuck tab closure is part of the die cut box and is only available with poly presentation

packaging. The front flap tucks into the back of the box to secure it closed. Tuck Tab poly boxes are only recommended with .023 gauge and .035 gauge poly.

Molded Handle This handle is an injection molded plastic. It is attached to the packaging and used with

Turned Edge and Poly boxes. There is one size and shape of this handle regardless of size, gauge or capacity of the box. This handle is available in black or white.

Molded Latch This latch helps keep a Turned Edge or Poly box closed. It is made from injected

molded plastic and is available in black or white. Typically the color of the latch matches the color of the molded handle.

Velcro This is a two-piece, hook and loop fastener and can be used with Turned Edge, Paper

or Poly packaging. The “hook” is the scratchy piece and the “loop” is the more fuzzy piece. The velcro dots are available in black or white. Using either one set or two sets of Velcro dots is common in packaging closures.

Tuck Tab Closure A tuck tab closure is part of the die cut box and is only available with poly presentation

Velcro This is a two-piece, hook and loop fastener and can be used with Turned Edge, Paper

Page 80: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

78

Presentation Packaging

POLY BOXESPoly Sales Boxes are a unique solution to your presentation packaging needs. They are designed to hold index tab dividers, loose-leaf binders, pocket folders and more!

Product Uses:• Employee Benefits Packaging• Sales Kits• Customer File Storage• Computer Records Storage• Estate Planning• New Product Information• Real Estate Kits

Contains 15% - 30% post-industrial content

TUCK TAB POLY BOX No Decoration • Half moon closure • Add-ons Page 82

PRODUCT SIZE GAUGE 100 250 500 1000

P3850T-TBOX 12" X 9-1/4" X 1/2" Flap 3" .023 Gauge Poly 4.16 2.52 2.01 1.68

P4320_2962T-TBOX 11 3/4" x 9 9/16" x 1" Flap 7 5/8" .023 Gauge Poly 4.16 2.52 2.01 1.68

P4099T-TBOX 14 7/16" x 12" x 1 7/16" Flap 4" .023 Gauge Poly 4.36 2.75 2.19 1.85

P5039T-TBOX 12 3/16" x 9" x 1 1/2" Flap 5" .023 Gauge Poly 4.16 2.52 2.01 1.68*Tuck tab boxes ship flat and unassembled C

SONIC-WELDED BOX No Decoration • Add-ons Page 82

PRODUCT SIZE GAUGE 100 250 500 1000

SW4936B 11 3/4" x 9 1/4" x 1 1/2" Flap 4" .055 Gauge Poly 10.73 7.58 6.48 6.05

SW4979B 11 3/4" x 9 1/2" x 1 3/4" Flap 2" .055 Gauge Poly 10.73 7.58 6.48 6.05

SW3660B 14 1/8" x 11 9/16" x 2" Flap 4" .055 Gauge Poly 11.78 9.34 8.36 7.90

SW5535B 12 1/2" x 10" x 2 1/2" Flap 5" .055 Gauge Poly 12.16 9.51 8.57 7.98

SW3919B 11 3/4" x 10 1/4" x 3" Flap 2 1/2" .055 Gauge Poly 11.92 10.51 9.34 8.23

SW5631B 12 3/4" x 12" x 3 1/2" Flap 4" .055 Gauge Poly 13.18 10.96 9.74 8.63 C

presentation packaging needs. They are designed to hold index tab dividers, loose-leaf binders, pocket

Contains 15% - 30% post-industrial content

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 81: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

79

Presentation Packaging

TURNED EDGE FLUSH CUT BOXESThis unique packaging option provides you with functionality and beauty. These boxes are designed to hold index tabs, loose-leaf binders, text sheets, pocket folders and more!

Specifications:• Gloss Film Laminated• 50 Pt. black chipboard

TURNED EDGE BOXES No Decoration • Add-ons Page 82

PRODUCT SIZE 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TEB3345 11 3/4" x 9 1/4" x 1" Flap 4" 14.24 10.30 7.25 6.10 5.45 5.15 5.01

TEB2948 11 3/4" x 9 1/2" x 1 3/4" Flap 2" 14.24 10.30 7.25 6.10 5.45 5.15 5.01

TEB2994 11 3/4"x 10 1/4" x 3" Flap 2" 14.24 10.30 7.25 6.10 5.45 5.15 5.01

TEB3110 12 1/2" x 10" x 2 1/2" Flap 4" 15.32 11.58 8.53 7.34 6.58 6.38 6.20

TEB3661 12 7/8" x 10 3/4" x 3 1/2" Flap 4 7/8" 15.32 11.58 8.53 7.34 6.58 6.38 6.20

TEB4152 12 1⁄2" x 11 1⁄4" x 3 1⁄4" Flap 4" 15.32 11.58 8.53 7.34 6.58 6.38 6.20

TEB 4210 13 1⁄2" x 10" x 3" Flap 3 5⁄8" 15.32 11.58 8.53 7.34 6.58 6.38 6.20

TEB 4027 11 1⁄2" x 9" x 4" Flap 4" 14.24 10.30 7.25 6.10 5.45 5.15 5.01

Decoration Add-Ons

AC1 1-Color Printing 3.47 1.80 1.18 0.67 0.29 0.16 0.15

AC2 2-Color Printing 5.85 3.02 2.34 1.21 0.59 0.33 0.21

AC4 4-Color Printing ** 14.48 7.97 3.71 1.89 1.06 0.65 0.48

Add-Ons

LAM Gloss Laminating 0.47 0.42 0.38 0.32 0.29 0.28 0.27

MLAM Matte Laminating 3.43 2.62 1.94 1.02 0.54 0.53 0.52

A204 Molded Handle 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

A227 Molded Latch 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07

A227A Molded Latch Pair 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34

A050 Velcro Closure 1 Round 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66

A050A Velcro Closure Pair 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

TEB3345

TEB2948

TEB2994

TEB3110

TEB3661

TEB4152

TEB4210

TEB4027

Page 82: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

80

Presentation Packaging

TURNED EDGE 2-PIECE BOXTake packaging to the max! The 2-piece construction provides a sturdy and durable presentation box.

Specifications:• 100 Pt. Solid Chipboard• Inside and outside litho wrapped liner• Gloss Film Lamination

TURNED EDGE 2-PIECE BOX No Decoration • Add-ons Page 82

PRODUCT SIZE 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

TEB1 11 3⁄4"x 9 1⁄4" x 1" Flap 4" 14.24 10.30 7.25 6.10 5.45 5.15 5.01

TEB2 11 3⁄4"x 9 1⁄2" x 1 3⁄4" Flap 2" 14.24 10.30 7.25 6.10 5.45 5.15 5.01

TEB3 11 3⁄4"x 10 1⁄4"x 3" Flap 2" 14.24 10.30 7.25 6.10 5.45 5.15 5.01

TEB4 12 1⁄2" x 10" x 2 1⁄2" Flap 4" 15.32 11.58 8.53 7.34 6.58 6.38 6.20

TEB5 12 7⁄8" x 10 3⁄4" x 3 1⁄2" Flap 4 7⁄8" 15.32 11.58 8.53 7.34 6.58 6.38 6.20C

TURNED EDGE SLIPCASESSlipcases allow for a durable and unique packaging option. Manufactured with cloth or laminated sheet, these slipcases can be printed or foil stamped. Slipcases are the perfect solution for any presentation or packaging need.

Corner Construction of Slipcase

TURNED EDGE SLIPCASES No Decoration • Slipcase Only • Add-ons Page 82

PRODUCT CAPACITY 50 100 250 500 1000

TE101ASC 1/2" metal capacity 14.24 11.73 11.04 10.15 8.42

TE103ASC 1" metal capacity 14.24 11.73 11.04 10.15 8.42

TE104ASC 1 1/2" metal capacity 14.24 11.73 11.04 10.15 8.42

TE105ASC 2" metal capacity 15.33 12.61 11.88 10.91 9.04

TE106ASC 2 1/2" metal capacity 15.33 12.61 11.88 10.91 9.04

TE107ASC 3" metal capacity 15.33 12.61 11.88 10.91 9.04C

Page 83: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

81

Presentation PackagingPABOX 4394

PABOX 4238PABOX 4082

BOXESMake packaging stand out with boxes. This is a unique and creative way to package B2B holiday gifts, prize giveaways or fundraiser items.

Specifications:• Paper Boxes printed on bright white 18 Pt. C1S• Poly Boxes constructed from .023 gauge poly

(See page 88 for poly colors)

PAPER GIFT BOX No Decoration • Add-ons Page 82

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PABOX 4394 6 3⁄8" x 3 5⁄16" x 3 7⁄8 " with handle 5.65 3.26 1.70 1.36 1.00 0.87 0.84

PABOX 4103 9 15⁄16" x 4 11⁄32"x 5 27⁄32" with handle 5.54 3.20 1.67 1.31 0.97 0.84 0.82

PABOX 4238 8 1⁄4" x 4 1⁄4" x 4" rectangle 5.59 3.22 1.69 1.34 0.99 0.86 0.83

PABOX 4082 9 " x 9 " x 2 1⁄8 " square 5.65 3.26 1.70 1.36 1.00 0.87 0.84C

POLY GIFT BOX No Decoration • Add-ons Page 82

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PABOX 4089 6 3⁄8" x 3 5⁄16" x 3 7⁄8 " with handle 6.04 4.05 2.30 1.94 1.27 1.20 1.03

PABOX 4417 9 15⁄16" x 4 11⁄32"x 5 27⁄32" with handle 6.11 4.09 2.43 1.97 1.45 1.30 1.12

PABOX 4418 8 1⁄4" x 4 1⁄4" x 4" rectangle 6.29 4.16 2.52 2.01 1.68 1.45 1.38C

PAPER BOX No Decoration • Add-ons Page 82

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PABOX4529 12 3⁄4" x 10" w/ 1" Capacity 6.04 4.05 2.30 1.94 1.27 1.20 1.03

PABOX4482 13 x 10 1⁄4 w/2 1⁄2" Capacity 6.29 4.16 2.52 2.01 1.68 1.45 1.38

PABOX4718 12 3⁄4" x 10" w/ 3" Capacity 6.29 4.16 2.52 2.01 1.68 1.45 1.38C

PABOX 4394

PABOX 4238

DVD/CD PACKAGINGWith new technologies emerging at cheaper costs, you need ways to package them with your presentation materials. All of our products are manufactured to protect your products from the elements while showcasing them.

PA800CD3738

PA800CD3436

PA800CD2739

DVD/CD PACKAGING 12 Pt. CIS • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA800CD2739 5" x 5 1⁄4" Disk Mailer 1.13 0.82 0.64 0.55 0.43

PA800CD3144 5" x 5" Disc Mailer Sleeve 1.13 0.82 0.64 0.55 0.43

PA800CD3436 5 1⁄2" x 5" Disc Mailer w/ Flap 1.48 1.01 0.73 0.62 0.48

PA800CD3738 6" X 9" Disc Mailer 1.64 1.14 0.84 0.77 0.62

Add-Ons

ATS Tape Strip (ADD) 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.14

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.34 0.18 0.09 0.07 0.06

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 0.60 0.36 0.19 0.13 0.11

AC4 4-Color Printing* (ADD) 1.56 0.90 0.56 0.47 0.39*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

PA800CD3738

DVD/CD PACKAGING

PABOX 4482

Page 84: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

82

Presentation Packaging

PACKAGING ADD-ONS/ACCESSORIES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

Decoration - Cloth Packaging

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp * 2.15 1.05 0.77 0.52 0.34 0.27 0.21

AF2 2-Position Foil Stamp * 3.75 2.04 1.46 1.00 0.63 0.51 0.42

ABE1 1-Position Blind Emboss * 2.04 1.08 0.79 0.53 0.35 0.27 0.21

ABE2 2-Position Blind Emboss * 3.75 2.20 1.57 1.07 0.68 0.54 0.45

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen 2.86 1.54 0.72 0.44 0.30 0.22 0.20

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen 5.99 3.24 1.51 0.97 0.64 0.49 0.46

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen 9.03 4.85 2.27 1.46 0.97 0.73 0.71

AS4 4-color process Poly (digital) 46.86 23.82 13.05 10.41 7.20 7.08 6.09

Decoration - Litho Wrap Packaging

AC1 1-Color Printing 3.47 1.80 1.18 0.67 0.29 0.16 0.15

AC2 2-Color Printing 5.85 3.02 2.34 1.21 0.59 0.33 0.21

AC4 4-Color Printing ** 14.48 7.97 3.71 1.89 1.06 0.65 0.48

Pockets

VSHA1 Business Cards, Self Adhesive 1.53 1.43 1.30 0.90 0.62 0.55 0.53

VSHA2 CD/DVD, Self Adhesive 1.57 1.46 1.36 0.96 0.66 0.60 0.58

VSHA3 Half Sheet, Self Adhesive 1.57 1.46 1.36 0.96 0.66 0.60 0.58

Add-Ons

A017 Grommet Finger Pull 3.47 3.12 2.40 2.04 1.49 1.37 1.22

LAM Gloss Laminating 0.47 0.42 0.38 0.32 0.29 0.28 0.27

MLAM Matte Laminating 3.43 2.62 1.94 1.02 0.54 0.53 0.52

A204 Molded Handle 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

A101 Pop-Thru Handle*** 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

A227 Molded Latch 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07

A227A Molded Latch Pair 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34

A050 Velcro Closure 1 Round 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66

A050A Velcro Closure Pair 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34 1.34

A050B Bando Closure*** 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40

A018A Buckram - Outside Wrap 4.47 4.47 4.47 4.47 4.47 4.47 4.47

A018B Arrestox/Skivertex - Outside Wrap 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52

A018C Bonded Leather - Outside Wrap 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33

A035 .035 Poly Gauge 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48* See Inside Back Cover for Die Charges **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. Quantities under 2500 may be digitally printed. ***Ships Separately C

Page 85: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

83

SPECIALTY ITEMS

Custom manufacturing has become more economical over time. Many times, this involves custom cutting dies, sealing dies and/or templates.

Custom Sealing Die This metal die allows the vinyl to be joined, or sealed, together through radio frequency

energy. Custom sealing dies are used to create unique shaped pockets or new binder case sizes, as an example.

Custom Cutting Die This steel rule die allows the cutting of paper or poly products. This die allows for the

shape to be punched out, by a machine, in a single operation.

Applications: Many specialty items have creative and unique applications.

Door Hangers Not just for hotels! Many service industries use door hangers as appointment reminders

and to promote their product line. Event promoters use door hangers to spread the word of upcoming calendar events.

Fans Aside from the practical use to keeping someone cool, paper or poly fans can convey a

powerful message. Use one side of the fan to sell sponsorships to offset the cost or to generate revenue.

Yard Signs These corrugated plastic signs are water and sun resistant. This is an inexpensive way to

advertise a Fun Run, community charity event, or local services such as snow removal or deck washing.

Custom Sealing Die This metal die allows the vinyl to be joined, or sealed, together through radio frequency

Door Hangers Not just for hotels! Many service industries use door hangers as appointment reminders

Fans Aside from the practical use to keeping someone cool, paper or poly fans can convey a

Yard Signs These corrugated plastic signs are water and sun resistant. This is an inexpensive way to

Page 86: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

84

Specialty Items

Die#998

Die#1540

Die#2323

Die#1613

Die#2492

Die#2666

Die#2007

Die#2832

Die#2325

Die#2307

Die#2873

Die#2442

Die#2268

Die#1746

Die#1965

DOOR HANGERSDoor Hangers are perfect for hotels, motels, political campaigns and service-people. Choose from paper or plastic.

PLASTIC DOOR HANGERS White 20 Mil PVC High Gloss • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10,000

PDH Plastic Door Hanger – No Decoration 0.95 0.47 0.35 0.22 0.15 0.14

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen 1-Side (ADD) 0.33 0.19 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen 1-Side (ADD) 0.67 0.38 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.18

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen 1-Side (ADD) 1.03 0.57 0.36 0.33 0.28 0.27

AC4 4-Color Process Printing (ADD)+ 2.05 1.17 1.01 0.81 0.70 0.65C

PAPER DOOR HANGERS 12 Pt. Paper • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10,000

PADH Paper Door Hanger – No Decoration 0.47 0.29 0.21 0.14 0.09 0.08

AC1 1-Color Printing 1-Side (ADD) 0.36 0.19 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.05

AC2 2-Color Printing 1-Side (ADD) 0.40 0.38 0.20 0.14 0.12 0.11

AC4 4-Color Printing* 1-Side (ADD) 1.63 0.96 0.59 0.34 0.31 0.30

LAM Gloss Laminating 1-Side (ADD) 0.22 0.15 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. +Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. C

Die # Size Imprint Area (approx.)

998 8 1/16" x 3 5/16" 3" x 4"

1540 9 1/4" x 4" 3 3/4" x 4 3/4"

1613 9 3/8" x 3 7/8" 3 3/4" x 6 5/8"

1746 11 1/2" x 4" 3 7/8" x 7 1/4"

1965 9" x 3" 2 3/4" x 7 5/8"

2007 7 3/4" x 2 1/2" 5 7/8" x 2 1/4"

2268 9" x 4 3/8" 4 1/8" x 6 7/8"

2307 10" x 4 3/8" 4 1/8" x 7 7/8"

2323 8" x 4" 3 3/4" x 6 3/8"

2325 10 1/8" x 4 5/8" 4" x 6"

2442 8" x 4 1/2" 4 3/8" x 4 3/8"

2492 7 9/16" x 2 1/2" 5 5/8" x 2 1/4"

2666 10 1/2" x 3 7/8" 8 1/4" x 3 5/8"

2832 9" x 4 3/8" 4 1/8"x 7"

2873 8" x 3" 2 7/8" x 2 1/8"

Page 87: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

85

Specialty Items

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10,000

PPF 7" diameter with die cut handle 3.58 2.11 1.29 1.03 0.79 0.54 0.50 0.45

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.62 0.81 0.33 0.19 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen(ADD) 3.37 1.68 0.67 0.38 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.18

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 5.15 2.58 1.03 0.57 0.36 0.33 0.28 0.27

AC4 4-Color Process Printing+ (ADD) 6.83 3.67 2.05 1.17 1.01 0.81 0.70 0.65+Quantities under 2500 will be digitally printed. C

PAPER FANSSmall but mighty! These hand-held Paper Fans with wooden handle can cool you off in a hurry. Offset printing on 12 Pt. C1S clearly communicates any message.

Choose from square or round or create a new custom shape! Perfect for political campaigns, summer sporting events or concerts.

3-IN-1 NOISEMAKER, FAN, SIGNThis 3-in-1 noisemaker, fan and sign is a versatile and economical product. Make noise by slapping it with your hand, keep yourself cool and get your message across. Constructed with heavy duty 12 Pt. C1S white paper, die cut, pre-scored and ships flat.

Used for:• Booster Club / Parent Club Fundraisers• Sporting Event Giveaways• Pep Rallies

POLY FANSPoly Fans are weather resistant and can be used and reused. Made from .016 gauge polyethylene, there are many colors to choose from.

Tinted polyethylene available!

Product Uses:• Carnivals, Fairs and Festivals• Sporting Events & Camps• Trade Show Event Giveaways

POLY FANS .016 Gauge Poly • No Decoration

3-IN-1 NOISEMAKER, FAN, SIGN 12 Pt. C2S • 1-to-4-color process printing*, two sides • Ships Flat

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10,000

PAF4220 11 1/4 " x 18" Paper Sign 10.82 5.44 3.05 2.26 1.73 1.32 1.03 0.86*Quantites up to 2500 will be digitally printed. C

PAPER FANS 12 Pt. C1S • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10,000

PAF1 4 3/4" diameter with wood handle 1.19 0.97 0.62 0.49 0.41 0.38

PAF2 7 3/4" square with wood handle 1.50 1.18 0.79 0.72 0.61 0.58

AC1 1-4 Color Printing (ADD) 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09

LAM Gloss Laminating 1 side (ADD) 0.22 0.16 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09C

7 3⁄4" x 7 3⁄4" Square With

Rounded Corners4 3⁄4 " Round

Diameter

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 88: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

86

Specialty ItemsPOSTER WITH LAMINATE

Create posters with vivid colors and dry erase laminate. Perfect for sales meetings, school events or brainstorming sessions. This poster is printed on 10 Pt. C1S stock and laminated on 1 side. The finished size is 24” x 36”.

Add dry-erase laminate for planner boards or scheduling.

POSTER WITH LAMINATE 24" x 36" Sheet Size • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

PS1 Includes 1-sided Laminate 3.29 1.66 1.49 1.30 1.22 1.16 1.08 1.07 1.04

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 1.98 0.98 0.49 0.24 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.09

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 3.83 1.95 1.01 0.49 0.32 0.26 0.20 0.17 0.18

DLAM Dry-Erase Laminating (ADD) 0.98 0.51 0.36 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20

DEMK Black Dry-Erase Marker (ADD) 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66

GRO Grommet (ADD) 1.05 0.82 0.68 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.54

GPEN Grommeted Pen Loop (ADD) 1.94 1.00 0.83 0.69 0.66 0.65 0.64 0.63 0.62C

STATIONERY / THANK YOU CARDSThese cards are elegant and affordable. A perfect way to show appreciation and gratitude. Made of 80# smooth coverstock, these cards can be offset printed, foil stamped and/or embossed. A blank envelope is included. Cards fold to 4" x 5 1⁄2".

See pages 88-89 for silk-screening ink and foil colors.

STATIONERY / THANK YOU CARDS White 80# Smooth • No Decoration • Includes Envelope

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PA100TU Card Folds to 4" x 5 1/2" 1.33 0.85 0.57 0.56 0.53

AF1 1-Position Foil Stamp* (ADD) 0.56 0.38 0.24 0.18 0.16

AF2 2-Postion Foil Stamp* (ADD) 1.10 0.76 0.48 0.38 0.33

AC1 1-Color Printing (ADD) 0.36 0.19 0.10 0.07 0.06

AC2 2-Color Printing (ADD) 0.40 0.38 0.20 0.14 0.12

AC4 4-Color Printing** (ADD) 1.63 0.96 0.59 0.34 0.31

RAC1 Return Address on Envelope (ADD) 0.36 0.19 0.10 0.07 0.06 *See Inside Back Cover for die charges **Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

ECO OPTIONSAVAILABLE

DIGITALPRINT IT!

POLY LICENSE PLATESPoly License Plates are a great way to be seen around town. Ideal for car dealerships, car repair shops or auto paint shops. Clear coat included. Auto: 6" x 12" or Motorcycle: 5 1⁄4" x 7 7⁄16"See pages 88-89 for poly and silk-screening ink colors.

POLY LICENSE PLATES 6" x 12" or 5 1⁄4" x 7 7⁄16" Poly License Plate • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

P 1LP License Plate – .023 gauge 1.14 1.08 0.70 0.54 0.38 0.33

P 2LP License Plate – .035 gauge 1.37 1.26 0.99 0.81 0.73 0.64

P 3LP License Plate – .055 gauge 1.53 1.35 1.26 1.18 0.96 0.81

Add-Ons

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 1.40 0.65 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 2.95 1.38 0.87 0.61 0.46 0.45

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen (ADD) 4.42 2.06 1.34 0.92 0.70 0.68

AD4 4-Color Printing* (ADD) 3.67 2.05 1.17 1.01 0.81 0.65Imprint ink colors are limited to color fast only. *Will be digitally printed. C

Page 89: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

87

Specialty Items

YARD SIGNSHave your message be visible from the car, the road or the sidewalk. Yard Signs are perfect for any political candidate, service industry, retail store promotion or fundraising advertising for an organization or school. Silk-screened inks won’t wash away with rain or melt off in the heat. Available in white corrugated plastic. Choose between 1-color to 4-spot color silk-screen printing, or digital print 4 color process.

Yard signs packed 24 per box. Approximate weight per box is 22 pounds. Metal stake ships separately.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 25 50 100 250 500

PYARDSIGN 1-Color Silk-screen 1-Side 7.53 4.45 2.92 2.01 1.71

YS12 1-Color Silk-screen 2-Sides 9.07 5.83 3.80 2.51 2.19

YS2 2-Color Silk-screen 1-Side 14.25 7.91 4.45 3.03 2.51

YS22 2-Color Silk-screen 2-Sides 14.65 8.30 4.85 3.59 2.98

AD4 4-Color Process Printing* 1-Side 28.34 15.10 7.94 4.38 3.47

AFR Metal Stake (ADD) 1.58 1.58 1.58 1.58 1.58No Bleeds, No Gradients . *Will be digitally printed. C

YARD SIGNS 24" x 18" White Corrugated Plastic

ROTARY FILE CARDSRotary File Cards make a differentiating impression in a customer's Rolodex or business card case.

Choose from paper or plastic.

PRFC3130PRFC11PRFC21 PRFC2867

4" 4"

2 1⁄2" 2 3⁄4" 3" 2 1⁄4"

5" 4"

PAPER ROTARY FILE CARDS 12 Pt. Paper • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PARFC2 Paper Rotary Card 0.38 0.21 0.14 0.10 0.06

AC1 1-Color Printing 1-Side (ADD) 0.36 0.19 0.10 0.07 0.06

AC2 2-Color Printing 1-Side (ADD) 0.63 0.38 0.20 0.14 0.12

AC3 4-Color Printing* 1-Side (ADD) 1.63 0.96 0.59 0.34 0.31

LAM Lamination 1-Side (ADD) 0.22 0.15 0.06 0.05 0.04*Add $175.00 for matchprint proof. C

PLASTIC ROTARY FILE CARDS White 20 Mil PVC High Gloss • No Decoration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PRFC1 Plastic Rotary Card 0.84 0.45 0.30 0.14 0.11

AS1 1-Color Silk-screen 1-Side (ADD) 0.65 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.19

AS2 2-Color Silk-screen 1-Side (ADD) 1.38 0.87 0.61 0.46 0.45

AS3 3-Color Silk-screen 1-Side (ADD) 2.06 1.34 0.92 0.70 0.68

AD4 4-Color Printing 1-Side** (ADD) 2.05 1.17 0.91 0.68 0.65**Will be digitally printed. C

DIGITALPRINT IT!

Page 90: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

General Information

88

SILK-SCREENING INK COLORS FOR VINYL OR POLY PRODUCTS

FOIL STAMPING COLORS

Standard foil colors are blue, white, red, black, silver* and gold*. Other colors are available at additional costs.

PantoneProcessYellow C

PantoneYellow C

PantoneYellow

012

Pantone Orange

021

PantoneWarmRed C

PantoneRed 032

PantoneProcess

Magenta C

PantoneRhodamine

Red C

Pantone RubineRed C

PantonePurple C

PantoneViolet C

002White

016Brilliant Yellow*

017Medium Yellow

019Permanent Orange*

022Red

185Warm Red

208Mauve

023Rhodamine

Red

024Rose

025Graphic

Red*

026Magenta*

030Emerald Green

031Spruce Green

005Black

040Gold

042Silver

034Permanent

Blue

035Violet

293True Blue

037Reflex Blue

038Peacock

Blue*

007Brown*

Pantone Cyan C

PantoneProcessBlue C

PantoneReflexBlue C

PantoneBlue 072

PantoneGreen C

Pantone ProcessBlack C

*Not lightfast. Not recommended for use on bumper stickers or license plates. For vinyl only.

NOTE: Screen-printing inks are not opaque. Light colors, such as yellow, screened on dark vinyl or poly can make color matching difficult. Colors will match as closely as possible but may not be exact.

All colors available in .016, .023, .035 and .055 gauge. Limited color availability in .075 gauge.

POLYETHYLENE COLORS

OFFSET PRINTING INK COLORS FOR PAPER PRODUCTS

.020 and .030 mil.

PPSMSmooth/

Matte

PPMMMatte/Matte

PPSLLined

POLYPROPLENE

*Standard foil for vinyl

186Red

485Red

184White

00Natural

777Par

Blue

081Ivory

562Beige

078BrightYellow

102Bright

Orange

489Red

359Maroon

017Azure

133Blue

048LightGray

062 Gray

50Light

Brown

723Black

784Emerald

Purple Green Orange Red YellowGray Blue

Tinted Matte

Page 91: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

General Information

89

PAPER COLORS

VINYL COLORS

French Calf Dull

WarmWhite

Beige PW Gray Black

Ivory Beige Brown Yellow Red BurgundyOrange Maroon Azure Blue

Process Blue

Royal Blue

NavyBlue

Metallic Hawaiian Blue

Mint Green

PW Gray Gray Silver Metallic Charcoal

Black

BrownIvory Yellow Sky BlueRed Burgundy Azure Blue

Royal Blue

NavyBlue

Mint Green

Suedene

Castilian

Burgundy Bankers Gray

Lt. GrayHunterGreen

Navy Black

Montana

Chocolate GrayRoyal Blue

Cortina

Moonglow/BlackRed

Leatherette 80# Cover

White Ivory NavyRed

Smooth 100# Cover

White Haute Red

MidnightBlue

BlackEmeraldGreen

Colors shown may vary from that of actual material colors due to the catalog printing process.Call for specific color swatch cards or for an exact match.

White

Felt 80# Cover

White Ash Red Dk Green Dk Blue Black

Linen 80# Cover

Linen 100# Cover

White

White

Natural

Natural

Gray Fiber

Gray Red Midnight Blue

Midnight Blue

Burgundy

Burgundy

Black

Black

Emerald Green

Emerald Green

Emperor Gray

WarmWhite

PersianBlue

White Blue

Vertical 80# Cover

Maroon Green Blue Black

Composition (Regency/Lexide) 15 Pt. Cover

Smooth 80# Cover

White Natural Sky (Gray) Black KraftRed Light Blue

Smooth 65# Cover

WhiteSkivertex

MaroonSkivertex

BlackSkivertex

NavySkivertex

SilverLinen

NubaBrown

NubaGray

NubaBlack

NubaTan

TURNED EDGE MATERIAL COLORS

Tinted Suedene

Yellow RedOrange Purple Green Blue Teal

Black

Page 92: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

General Information

90

VINYL RING BINDER CASE DIMENSIONS

Entrapment Sheet Insert DimensionsBelow are live area dimensions (binding edge listed first) for entrapped inserts

for vinyl round-ring binders (11"x 8 1⁄2" sheet size). Allow 1⁄4" additional on all edges. The factory will trim the sheet to fit.

These dimensions are for entrapment sheets only and will not fit in an insertable binder.

RING METAL TYPES

ROUND RING D RING ANGLE D RING

Below are standard case dimensions for vinyl round ring binders. Note: Case dimension will vary slightly

with heavy duty, D, or Angle D-Rings.

Cover Width Cover WidthSpin

e W

idth

Hei

ght

VINYL RING BINDER CASE DIMENSIONS 11" X 8 1⁄2" SHEET SIZE

CAPACITY HEIGHT COVER WIDTH SPINE WIDTH SHEET CAPACITY OF 20# BOND

1/2" 11 1/2" 9 13/16" 7/8" 100 sheets 3/4" 11 1/2" 10" 1 1/8" 150 sheets

1" 11 17/32" 10 5/32" 1 7/16" 200 sheets

1 1/2" 11 1/2" 10 7/16" 1 7/8" 300 sheets

2" 11 1/2" 11 1/8" 2 11/16" 400 sheets

2 1/2" 11 1/2" 11 11/16" 3 5/16" 500 sheets

3" 11 5/8" 12 1/8" 3 25/32" 600 sheets

4" 11 3/4" 13" 5" 800 sheets

8 1⁄2" X 5 1⁄2" SHEET SIZE

CAPACITY HEIGHT COVER WIDTH SPINE WIDTH SHEET CAPACITY OF 20# BOND 1/2" 9 1/8" 6 19/32" 7/8" 100 sheets

3/4" 9 1/8" 6 15/16" 1 1/8" 150 sheets

1" 9" 7 1/4" 1 7/16" 200 sheets

1 1/2" 9 1/32" 7 3/8" 2 1/8" 300 sheets

2" 9 3/16" 8 3/32" 2 5/8" 400 sheets

9 1⁄2" X 6" SHEET SIZE

CAPACITY HEIGHT COVER WIDTH SPINE WIDTH SHEET CAPACITY OF 20# BOND 1/2" 10 1/16" 7 9/32" 15/16" 100 sheets 3/4" 10 1/16" 7 7/16" 1 1/4" 150 sheets

1" 10" 7 3/8" 1 1/2" 200 sheets

11/2" 10 1/16" 8 1/8" 2 5/16" 300 sheets

2" 10" 8 11/16" 2 9/16" 400 sheets

CAPACITY COVER SPINE1/2" 11 7/32" x 9 5/8" 11 7/32" x 27/32"

3/4" 11 1/4" x 9 7/8" 11 1/4" x 15/16"

1" 11 1/4" x 9 15/16" 11 1/4" x 1 3/8"

11/2" 11 9/32" x 10 9/32" 11 9/32" x 1 25/32"

11/2" Straight D 11 5/16" x 10 5/16" 11 5/16" x 2 1/8"

11/2" Angle D 11 1/4" x 10 3/4" 11 1/4" x 1 3/4"

2" 11 9/32" x 10 7/8" 11 9/32" x 2 5/8"

2" Straight D 11 1/4" x 11 1/4" 11 1/4" x 2 25/32"

2 1/2" 11 1/4" x 11 7/16" 11 1/4" x 3 3/16"

3" 11 5/16" x 11 7/8" 11 5/16" x 3 3/4"

4" 11 3/8" x 13 " 11 3/8" x 5 1/8"

Page 93: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

ProductionOur production time is approximately 10 working days after the receipt of your order and camera-ready art. Additional time is necessary if proofs are required. Price and delivery will be acknowledged after receipt of order. Contact your sales associate at once if there are any discrepancies in the acknowledgment.

Confirmation of OrdersNo verbal orders will be processed. All orders must be confirmed with a purchase order.

Policy on OverrunsWe reserve the right to ship 5% over or under on all products other than paper, of the amount ordered; 10% on paper products. We will invoice accordingly. Requests for exact quantities must be specified on the original order and will add 10% to the price.

Intermediate QuantitiesIntermediate quantities will be billed at the lower quantity price.

ReturnsStock merchandise may be returned for credit upon written authorization from factory. The order must be returned freight prepaid and within 30 days of original shipment. A charge of 20% of the net cost of the order will be charged for handling. Any return must have prior approval with code from the factory. Some items, because of their construction, are not returnable - check with customer service.

Order CancellationOrders on hold beyond 60 days are subject to cancellation. If the customer initiates cancellation, any work completed will be billable. A minimum charge of $50.00 net will apply unless cancellation is received before the purchase order reaches the Order Processing Department.

Minimum OrderMinimum order is $50.00 net per order.

Payment TermsPayment terms are net 30 days. If an open account has not been previously established, cash payment, including cost, freight and overruns, must accompany first order and will be processed when entered. If terms are established, Visa, MasterCard or American Express payments will be processed upon shipment.

Shipping & HandlingAll shipments are F.O.B. factory. Under normal circumstances, anything under 200 pounds is sent UPS / Federal Express. Large weights are shipped prepaid by common carrier trucks unless otherwise specified. Unless you give specific instructions, we will select the carrier. We cannot be held responsible for arrival date of shipment. Faster shipping methods are available with prior approval. Second and Third Party billing, handling charges will apply.

Drop and Split ShipmentsA $10.00 net charge per location is billed for drop shipments. For orders requiring shipment on different dates, please note: The entire order will be billed with the first shipment and the entire order must ship within six weeks of the first shipment or it will be discarded.

Less than MinimumsCall factory for prices on any order for less than minimum quantity shown in the catalog.

Increase of Order QuantityAny notification of increase of quantity received will be treated as a separate order and billed accordingly unless no work has been started on the original order.

Combined PricingWhen ordering a combination of different items, pricing cannot be combined.

Foreign ShipmentsAdd $50.00 net for additional handling.

Freight ClaimsShortages in the number of cartons or merchandise damaged in transit: It is the responsibility of the consignee to file the claim. As the shipper, we cannot allow any credit, as we cannot file the claim or collect from

the carrier. The legal responsibility passes from us to the customer when the merchandise is consigned to a carrier. We will gladly supply any information and/or copies of documents we may have. All merchandise should be inspected immediately upon arrival. If damage is found, contact carrier for inspection. Inspection must be made within 10 days of delivery in order to place a claim.

ArtworkPrices in catalog are based on approved furnished artwork. EPS files are preferred with fonts converted to outlines. PDF files prepared for press output are also accepted. Call for FTP instructions or for templates.

Artwork and Copy ErrorsCustomer-submitted artwork is reviewed before production and every effort is made to ensure accuracy. However, we are not liable for customer submitted or customer approved errors which inadvertently become part of the product.

Foil Stamping or Embossing Die ChargesCamera-ready artwork is necessary to produce a die for foil stamping or embossing. Foil stamping dies are $30.00 net for the first square inch and $1.00 net for each additional square inch. Embossing dies are $90.00 net for the first square inch and $2.00 net for each additional square inch. The maximum recommended square inch stamping area is 24” for one position.

4-Color ProcessIf a digital file is provided and requested to be output by us, an additional charge will be incurred. Pocket folder and lithowrap binder matchproof charge of $175.00. Changes will require a second matchproof and an additional $175.00.

Ink Colors$30.00 net charge for all Pantone color selection.$50.00 net charge for Pantone 800 Series ink selection.

PersonalizationsMany products can be personalized with stock 12 point block type. Setup charge for personalization is $20.00 net. Cost for imprinting 1-99 names is $1.50 net each. 100 or more names is $1.25 net each. Submit a list of names that has been typed and proofed.

Copy and Color ChangesAdd $60.00 net for each silk-screen or offset copy change.Add $15.00 net for each vinyl or poly color change.Add $15.00 net for each vinyl or poly ink color change.Add $15.00 net for each foil color change.

Proof ChargesFirst E-Mail or Fax Proof: No chargeSecond E-mail PDF Proof: $30.00 netThird E-mail PDF Proof: $45.00 netMatchproof: $175.00 net eachInk Swatch Proof: No chargeSilk-screen Skin Proof: $75.00 netVinyl or Poly Pre-Production Proof: $150.00 net eachPaper or Turned Edge Pre-Production Proof: $350.00 net eachPoly Box Pre-Production Proof: $350.00 net each

Rush ChargesMinimum rush charge of $150.00 net, or 20% of the total order, whichever is greater. Contact customer service for approval.

Limitation of LiabilityThe Leslie Company and sellers shall not be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages upon breach of warranty or contract, negligence, strict liability or other legal theory. When orders are manufactured to customer’s specifications, the purchaser agrees to assume any liability resulting from actions or demands brought against the Printer for patent or copyright infringements.

The information in this catalog, unless otherwise noted, is the property of the Printer and may not be reproduced without written permission of the Printer.

The Leslie Company products are made in the U.S.A. The imprints shown in this catalog are the property of the organizations they represent. They are intended to illustrate our capabilities, and are not an indication of any endorsement. All prices shown are in U.S. Dollars.

Price Effective DatesThis catalog is effective January 1, 2016. Prices and information, however are subject to change without notice.

Page 94: Custom Imprinted Presentation Products 2016€¦ · 4 Turned Edge Binders 3/4" 3/4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" TURNED EDGE 6-RING MEMO BINDERS Turned Edge Memo Binders are smaller sheet sizes and

ASI 67120 | PPAI 112363 | UPIC LESLIE

www.LeslieCo.com